KC amp Associates Investigations Research Associates
Quinault Valley Guns amp Blades Urban Escape amp Evasion Course
International Relations Military Terrorism Business Security
wwwkcandassociatesorg orderskcandassociatesorg
Kathleen Louise dePass Press AgentPublicist 3602882652
Triste cosa es no tener amigos pero maacutes triste ha de ser no tener enemigos porque quieacuten no
tenga enemigos sentildeal es de que no tiene talento que haga sombra ni caraacutecter que impresione ni
valor temido ni honra de la que se murmure ni bienes que se le codicien ni cosa alguna que se
le envidie A sad thing it is to not have friends but even sadder must it be not having any
enemies that a man should have no enemies is a sign that he has no talent to outshine others
nor character that inspires nor valor that is feared nor honor to be rumored nor goods to be
coveted nor anything to be envied -Jose Marti
From the desk of Craig B Hulet
Are You A Teenager Who Reads News Online According to the Justice Department You
May Be a Criminal
During his first term President Barack Obama declared October 2009 to be ldquoNational
Information Literacy Awareness Monthrdquo emphasizing that for students learning to navigate the
online world is as important a skill as reading writing and arithmetic It was a move that echoed
his predecessors strong support of global literacymdashsuch as reading newspapersmdashmost notably
through First Lady Laura Bushs advocacy
Yet disturbingly the Departments of Justice (DOJ) of both the Bush and Obama administrations
have embraced an expansive interpretation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (CFAA) that
would literally make it a crime for many kids to read the news online And itrsquos the main reason
why the law must be reformed
As wersquove explained previously in multiple cases the DOJ has taken the position that a violation
of a websitersquos Terms of Service or an employerrsquos Terms of Use policy can be treated as a
criminal act And the House Judiciary Committee has floated a proposal that largely adopts the
DOJrsquos position making it possible to prosecute a user for accessing website for a purpose other
than intended by the publisher For a number of reasons including the requirements of the
Childrenrsquos Online Privacy Protection Act many news sites have terms of service that prohibit
minors from using their interactive services and sometimes even visiting their websites
Take for example the Hearst Corporationrsquos family of publications If you read the terms of use
for the Houston Chronicle the San Francisco Chronicle or Popular Mechanics websites yoursquoll
find this language screamed in all-caps
YOU MAY NOT ACCESS OR USE THE COVERED SITES OR ACCEPT THE
AGREEMENT IF YOU ARE NOT AT LEAST 18 YEARS OLDrdquo
In the DOJrsquos world this means anyone under 18 who reads a Hearst newspaper online could
hypothetically face jail time But Hearstrsquos publications arenrsquot the only ones with overly
restrictive usage terms U-T San Diego and the Miami Herald have similar policies Even NPR is
guilty saying teenagers canrsquot access their ldquoservicesrdquo (including the site NPR podcasts and the
media player) without a permission slip
ldquoIf you are between the ages of 13 and 18 you may browse the NPR Services or register for
email newsletters or other features of the NPR Services (excluding the NPR Community) with
the consent of your parent(s) or guardian(s) so long as you do not submit any User Materialsrdquo
Some sites must have recognized the problem and crafted their policies to only forbid users
under the age of 13 These include the New York Times the Boston Globe and the Arizona
Republic NBCNewscom uses this wording
By using or attempting to use the Site or Services you certify that you are at least 13 years of
age or other required greater age for certain features and meet any other eligibility and residency
requirements of the Siterdquo
This means that inquisitive 12-year-olds who visit NBCNewscom to learn about current events
would be by default misrepresenting their ages Again this could be criminal under the DOJs
interpretation of the CFAA
Wersquod like to say that wersquore being facetious but unfortunately the Justice Department has
already demonstrated its willingness to pursue CFAA to absurd extremes Luckily the Ninth
Circuit rejected the governmentrsquos arguments concluding that under such an ruling millions of
unsuspecting citizens would suddenly find themselves on the wrong side of the law As Judge
Alex Kozinski so aptly wrote Under the governmentrsquos proposed interpretation of the
CFAAdescribing yourself as tall dark and handsome when yoursquore actually short and homely
will earn you a handsome orange jumpsuit
And itrsquos no excuse to say that the vast majority of these cases will never be prosecuted As the
Ninth Circuit explained ldquoUbiquitous seldom-prosecuted crimes invite arbitrary and
discriminatory enforcementrdquo Instead of pursuing only suspects of actual crimes it opens the
door for prosecutors to go after people because the government doesnrsquot like them
Unfortunately therersquos no sign the Justice Department has given up on this interpretation outside
the Ninth and Fourth Circuits which is why the Professor Tim Wu in the New Yorker recently
called the CFAA ldquothe most outrageous criminal law yoursquove never heard ofrdquo
The potential criminalization of terms of service is a prime reason that Congress needs to
overhaul CFAA and itrsquos certainly why the House Judiciary Committee should abandon the
seemingly DOJ-drafted bill it floated recently and instead sit down with Rep Zoe Lofgren Rep
Darrell Issa and others to negotiate real reform
Are you a minor with a thirst for information You and your parents who vote should together
tell Congress to fix CFAA
White Men Have Much to Discuss About Mass Shootings read the headline of a piece in
the Washington Posts Outlook section Sunday Having spent most of our adult life in the
opinion journalism business we are no stranger to the instinct for provocation But really
Washington Post this is embarrassing
The authors identical twin sisters called Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and
consultants on social and political issues whatever that means according to their Post shirttail
bio They have a book called Clueless at the Top which is not an autobiography but a
meditation on outdated hierarchies in American culture whatever that means Their website
informs visitors that the twins received close to a million dollars in grants from the National
Science Foundation
The NSF is a federal agency so your tax dollars have subsidized the authors of what can only be
described as a racist rant Heres the opening
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wed have political debates
demanding that African Americans be held accountable Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years--not just Newtown Aurora Fort
Hood Tucson and Columbine--have been committed by white men and boys Yet when the
National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the Newtown
massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leaders opinions were widely
discussed
There is so much wrong with this we could write a column about it Which come to think of it
is exactly what we are doing even as we type
To begin with while its true that all but a few mass murderers have been men the twins cherry-
pick their examples and simply ignore nonwhite killers They leave out Colin Ferguson the
black man who opened fire in a Long Island Rail Road train in 1993 killing 6 and wounding 19
He had a number of problems in his life and every problem he was involved in he attached
some racial motivation to the person and institution he was dealing with regardless of their
race detective Mel Kenny of the Nassau County Police told the New York Times
The Times also reported that in response to the shooting several prominent black leaders
including the Rev Al Sharpton and the Rev Herbert W Daughtry held a news conference on
the steps of [New York] City Hall urging that blacks in general not be blamed for the crime
Blacks in general were not blamed for the crime Contrary to the Childress twins speculation
the public did not tell these leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture
and communities
As National Review Onlines Robert VerBruggen notes the twins also omit two nonwhite mass
murderers of Asian heritage Korean immigrant Cho Seung-Hui (32 dead 17 wounded at
Virginia Tech in 2007) and Laotian immigrant Chai Soua Vang (6 dead 2 wounded at Meteor
Wis in 2004) Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass shootings in
malls and movie theaters the twins assert--a lie that is technically true since Cho and Vang
massacred their victims in other locations
In addition including the Fort Hood shooting is a stretch The defendant in that case Nidal
Hasan is white according to standard racial taxonomy But he is also Arab-American which
makes him a nonwhite minority by the conventions of contemporary identity politics The facts
of the case suggest the motive was related to a nonracial aspect of his identity that also puts him
in the minority his religion Islam
Verbruggen cites a claim by lefty journalist David Sirota that 70 percent of mass shooters have
been white men Sirota regards that as a gross disproportion in a country where only 30 percent
of the population is white men But as VerBruggen notes the disparity is almost completely
explained by sex Men for reasons that are surely biological have a much greater propensity for
physical violence than women do
Whats even weirder about the Childress twins piece is that their counterfactual actually is not
counterfactual at all if you broaden the scope beyond acts of mass murder to murder more
generally or all violent crime Blacks do in fact commit a large disproportion of violent crimes
and while the subject is not taboo in respectable public debate it is delicate
Example A week before the twins piece the Post published a news article titled Gun Deaths
Shaped by Race in America The Posts analysis found Whites are far more likely to shoot
themselves and African Americans are far more likely to be shot by someone else No mention
was made of the racial distribution of homicide perpetrators
But the absolute strangest thing about the twins racist rant is the self-satisfied tone They think
theyre breaking a taboo bravely challenging convention by scapegoating white men Give us a
break Antiwhite and antimale bigotry couldnt be less courageous or more clicheacuted Its been a
constant feature of academic discourse for decades and of journalistic writing for years It has
been the dominant theme of political coverage since Barack Obamas re-election
And its not just the twins Consider this outburst from Mark Karlin editor of something called
Buzzflash at Truthout
You wont find anyone willing to dare say it much in the media but a good percentage of the
white men who oppose gun control of any sort--and who back measures that would even allow
alleged terrorists and straw purchases for drug dealers to buy guns--are just afraid that without
their guns their phallic power will be reduced to size
You can feel at least temporarily reassured when a long-barreled assault weapon compensates for
just another average manhood its an irresistable [sic] testosterone high to the beleaguered white
male
Call this Freudian psychobabble analysis but when you add it into the mix of just angry white
males who want their guns to show that they are still top dog on the political social and marital
hierarchy you got [sic] a good percentage of the psychologically need gun owners [sic]
In this case replace white with black and youd actually have something no one remotely
respectable would dare say especially a white dude like Karlin But a racist attack on white men
is so boring its not even offensive although it probably should be
And lets put Karlin on the couch for a moment He begins by touting his own courage then he
goes on to describe his chosen scapegoats as cowards with tiny genitals Sometimes a cigar is
just a cigar but not this time Karlin is doing exactly what he claims white male gun-owners do
Thats the logical phallus-y at the center of his argument
Hes Not Good Enough
When a woman marries young its a personal threat to Amanda Marcotte the Slate blogress who
has the hilarious distinction of having been forced to resign in disgrace from the John Edwards
campaign
Yesterday Slates womens section known as DoubleX published a sweet and contrarian essay
by Julia Shaw who became a bride at 23 after initially resisting the idea
I wasnt anti-marriage I thought I would get married but it would be later after a flurry of
accomplishments When David and I started dating his senior year and my sophomore year I
worried he would derail my education He definitely had all the qualities I wanted in a man
intelligence ambition good character plus he was a true gentleman Still I asked him Youre
not asking me out because you want to get married by graduation This was a Christian college
we went to so my question was not out of bounds I still regret those words Looking back my
artificial rigid timeline of success almost derailed my real happiness
Marcotte could not let this go unanswered Within 22 hours she had posted a forceful rebuttal
Watching conservatives desperately try to bully women into younger marriage with a couple of
promises and a whole lot of threats is highly entertaining but clearly not persuasive Women
marry later because it makes sense given their own career aspirations Im glad young
marriage is working out for Shaw but for the majority of women dating and cohabitating until
theyre more sure is working out just fine If hes good enough to marry hell still be around
when youre ready to make that leap
That last sentence is a perfect laboratory specimen of feminist rationalization
Consider the Shaw counterfactual--or if you like consider the Kate Bolick factual The man
wants to marry the woman doesnt It happens not infrequently as members of both sexes are
known to pursue suboptimal reproductive strategies
Best of the Web Today columnist James Taranto on why Princeton alumna Susan Patton was
right to suggest that smart women should try to seek out husbands in college Photos AP
The woman rejects the mans proposal but keeps dating him or maybe she eventually dumps
him as Bolick did In due course she changes her mind and decides she would like to spend the
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Are You A Teenager Who Reads News Online According to the Justice Department You
May Be a Criminal
During his first term President Barack Obama declared October 2009 to be ldquoNational
Information Literacy Awareness Monthrdquo emphasizing that for students learning to navigate the
online world is as important a skill as reading writing and arithmetic It was a move that echoed
his predecessors strong support of global literacymdashsuch as reading newspapersmdashmost notably
through First Lady Laura Bushs advocacy
Yet disturbingly the Departments of Justice (DOJ) of both the Bush and Obama administrations
have embraced an expansive interpretation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act (CFAA) that
would literally make it a crime for many kids to read the news online And itrsquos the main reason
why the law must be reformed
As wersquove explained previously in multiple cases the DOJ has taken the position that a violation
of a websitersquos Terms of Service or an employerrsquos Terms of Use policy can be treated as a
criminal act And the House Judiciary Committee has floated a proposal that largely adopts the
DOJrsquos position making it possible to prosecute a user for accessing website for a purpose other
than intended by the publisher For a number of reasons including the requirements of the
Childrenrsquos Online Privacy Protection Act many news sites have terms of service that prohibit
minors from using their interactive services and sometimes even visiting their websites
Take for example the Hearst Corporationrsquos family of publications If you read the terms of use
for the Houston Chronicle the San Francisco Chronicle or Popular Mechanics websites yoursquoll
find this language screamed in all-caps
YOU MAY NOT ACCESS OR USE THE COVERED SITES OR ACCEPT THE
AGREEMENT IF YOU ARE NOT AT LEAST 18 YEARS OLDrdquo
In the DOJrsquos world this means anyone under 18 who reads a Hearst newspaper online could
hypothetically face jail time But Hearstrsquos publications arenrsquot the only ones with overly
restrictive usage terms U-T San Diego and the Miami Herald have similar policies Even NPR is
guilty saying teenagers canrsquot access their ldquoservicesrdquo (including the site NPR podcasts and the
media player) without a permission slip
ldquoIf you are between the ages of 13 and 18 you may browse the NPR Services or register for
email newsletters or other features of the NPR Services (excluding the NPR Community) with
the consent of your parent(s) or guardian(s) so long as you do not submit any User Materialsrdquo
Some sites must have recognized the problem and crafted their policies to only forbid users
under the age of 13 These include the New York Times the Boston Globe and the Arizona
Republic NBCNewscom uses this wording
By using or attempting to use the Site or Services you certify that you are at least 13 years of
age or other required greater age for certain features and meet any other eligibility and residency
requirements of the Siterdquo
This means that inquisitive 12-year-olds who visit NBCNewscom to learn about current events
would be by default misrepresenting their ages Again this could be criminal under the DOJs
interpretation of the CFAA
Wersquod like to say that wersquore being facetious but unfortunately the Justice Department has
already demonstrated its willingness to pursue CFAA to absurd extremes Luckily the Ninth
Circuit rejected the governmentrsquos arguments concluding that under such an ruling millions of
unsuspecting citizens would suddenly find themselves on the wrong side of the law As Judge
Alex Kozinski so aptly wrote Under the governmentrsquos proposed interpretation of the
CFAAdescribing yourself as tall dark and handsome when yoursquore actually short and homely
will earn you a handsome orange jumpsuit
And itrsquos no excuse to say that the vast majority of these cases will never be prosecuted As the
Ninth Circuit explained ldquoUbiquitous seldom-prosecuted crimes invite arbitrary and
discriminatory enforcementrdquo Instead of pursuing only suspects of actual crimes it opens the
door for prosecutors to go after people because the government doesnrsquot like them
Unfortunately therersquos no sign the Justice Department has given up on this interpretation outside
the Ninth and Fourth Circuits which is why the Professor Tim Wu in the New Yorker recently
called the CFAA ldquothe most outrageous criminal law yoursquove never heard ofrdquo
The potential criminalization of terms of service is a prime reason that Congress needs to
overhaul CFAA and itrsquos certainly why the House Judiciary Committee should abandon the
seemingly DOJ-drafted bill it floated recently and instead sit down with Rep Zoe Lofgren Rep
Darrell Issa and others to negotiate real reform
Are you a minor with a thirst for information You and your parents who vote should together
tell Congress to fix CFAA
White Men Have Much to Discuss About Mass Shootings read the headline of a piece in
the Washington Posts Outlook section Sunday Having spent most of our adult life in the
opinion journalism business we are no stranger to the instinct for provocation But really
Washington Post this is embarrassing
The authors identical twin sisters called Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and
consultants on social and political issues whatever that means according to their Post shirttail
bio They have a book called Clueless at the Top which is not an autobiography but a
meditation on outdated hierarchies in American culture whatever that means Their website
informs visitors that the twins received close to a million dollars in grants from the National
Science Foundation
The NSF is a federal agency so your tax dollars have subsidized the authors of what can only be
described as a racist rant Heres the opening
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wed have political debates
demanding that African Americans be held accountable Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years--not just Newtown Aurora Fort
Hood Tucson and Columbine--have been committed by white men and boys Yet when the
National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the Newtown
massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leaders opinions were widely
discussed
There is so much wrong with this we could write a column about it Which come to think of it
is exactly what we are doing even as we type
To begin with while its true that all but a few mass murderers have been men the twins cherry-
pick their examples and simply ignore nonwhite killers They leave out Colin Ferguson the
black man who opened fire in a Long Island Rail Road train in 1993 killing 6 and wounding 19
He had a number of problems in his life and every problem he was involved in he attached
some racial motivation to the person and institution he was dealing with regardless of their
race detective Mel Kenny of the Nassau County Police told the New York Times
The Times also reported that in response to the shooting several prominent black leaders
including the Rev Al Sharpton and the Rev Herbert W Daughtry held a news conference on
the steps of [New York] City Hall urging that blacks in general not be blamed for the crime
Blacks in general were not blamed for the crime Contrary to the Childress twins speculation
the public did not tell these leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture
and communities
As National Review Onlines Robert VerBruggen notes the twins also omit two nonwhite mass
murderers of Asian heritage Korean immigrant Cho Seung-Hui (32 dead 17 wounded at
Virginia Tech in 2007) and Laotian immigrant Chai Soua Vang (6 dead 2 wounded at Meteor
Wis in 2004) Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass shootings in
malls and movie theaters the twins assert--a lie that is technically true since Cho and Vang
massacred their victims in other locations
In addition including the Fort Hood shooting is a stretch The defendant in that case Nidal
Hasan is white according to standard racial taxonomy But he is also Arab-American which
makes him a nonwhite minority by the conventions of contemporary identity politics The facts
of the case suggest the motive was related to a nonracial aspect of his identity that also puts him
in the minority his religion Islam
Verbruggen cites a claim by lefty journalist David Sirota that 70 percent of mass shooters have
been white men Sirota regards that as a gross disproportion in a country where only 30 percent
of the population is white men But as VerBruggen notes the disparity is almost completely
explained by sex Men for reasons that are surely biological have a much greater propensity for
physical violence than women do
Whats even weirder about the Childress twins piece is that their counterfactual actually is not
counterfactual at all if you broaden the scope beyond acts of mass murder to murder more
generally or all violent crime Blacks do in fact commit a large disproportion of violent crimes
and while the subject is not taboo in respectable public debate it is delicate
Example A week before the twins piece the Post published a news article titled Gun Deaths
Shaped by Race in America The Posts analysis found Whites are far more likely to shoot
themselves and African Americans are far more likely to be shot by someone else No mention
was made of the racial distribution of homicide perpetrators
But the absolute strangest thing about the twins racist rant is the self-satisfied tone They think
theyre breaking a taboo bravely challenging convention by scapegoating white men Give us a
break Antiwhite and antimale bigotry couldnt be less courageous or more clicheacuted Its been a
constant feature of academic discourse for decades and of journalistic writing for years It has
been the dominant theme of political coverage since Barack Obamas re-election
And its not just the twins Consider this outburst from Mark Karlin editor of something called
Buzzflash at Truthout
You wont find anyone willing to dare say it much in the media but a good percentage of the
white men who oppose gun control of any sort--and who back measures that would even allow
alleged terrorists and straw purchases for drug dealers to buy guns--are just afraid that without
their guns their phallic power will be reduced to size
You can feel at least temporarily reassured when a long-barreled assault weapon compensates for
just another average manhood its an irresistable [sic] testosterone high to the beleaguered white
male
Call this Freudian psychobabble analysis but when you add it into the mix of just angry white
males who want their guns to show that they are still top dog on the political social and marital
hierarchy you got [sic] a good percentage of the psychologically need gun owners [sic]
In this case replace white with black and youd actually have something no one remotely
respectable would dare say especially a white dude like Karlin But a racist attack on white men
is so boring its not even offensive although it probably should be
And lets put Karlin on the couch for a moment He begins by touting his own courage then he
goes on to describe his chosen scapegoats as cowards with tiny genitals Sometimes a cigar is
just a cigar but not this time Karlin is doing exactly what he claims white male gun-owners do
Thats the logical phallus-y at the center of his argument
Hes Not Good Enough
When a woman marries young its a personal threat to Amanda Marcotte the Slate blogress who
has the hilarious distinction of having been forced to resign in disgrace from the John Edwards
campaign
Yesterday Slates womens section known as DoubleX published a sweet and contrarian essay
by Julia Shaw who became a bride at 23 after initially resisting the idea
I wasnt anti-marriage I thought I would get married but it would be later after a flurry of
accomplishments When David and I started dating his senior year and my sophomore year I
worried he would derail my education He definitely had all the qualities I wanted in a man
intelligence ambition good character plus he was a true gentleman Still I asked him Youre
not asking me out because you want to get married by graduation This was a Christian college
we went to so my question was not out of bounds I still regret those words Looking back my
artificial rigid timeline of success almost derailed my real happiness
Marcotte could not let this go unanswered Within 22 hours she had posted a forceful rebuttal
Watching conservatives desperately try to bully women into younger marriage with a couple of
promises and a whole lot of threats is highly entertaining but clearly not persuasive Women
marry later because it makes sense given their own career aspirations Im glad young
marriage is working out for Shaw but for the majority of women dating and cohabitating until
theyre more sure is working out just fine If hes good enough to marry hell still be around
when youre ready to make that leap
That last sentence is a perfect laboratory specimen of feminist rationalization
Consider the Shaw counterfactual--or if you like consider the Kate Bolick factual The man
wants to marry the woman doesnt It happens not infrequently as members of both sexes are
known to pursue suboptimal reproductive strategies
Best of the Web Today columnist James Taranto on why Princeton alumna Susan Patton was
right to suggest that smart women should try to seek out husbands in college Photos AP
The woman rejects the mans proposal but keeps dating him or maybe she eventually dumps
him as Bolick did In due course she changes her mind and decides she would like to spend the
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
By using or attempting to use the Site or Services you certify that you are at least 13 years of
age or other required greater age for certain features and meet any other eligibility and residency
requirements of the Siterdquo
This means that inquisitive 12-year-olds who visit NBCNewscom to learn about current events
would be by default misrepresenting their ages Again this could be criminal under the DOJs
interpretation of the CFAA
Wersquod like to say that wersquore being facetious but unfortunately the Justice Department has
already demonstrated its willingness to pursue CFAA to absurd extremes Luckily the Ninth
Circuit rejected the governmentrsquos arguments concluding that under such an ruling millions of
unsuspecting citizens would suddenly find themselves on the wrong side of the law As Judge
Alex Kozinski so aptly wrote Under the governmentrsquos proposed interpretation of the
CFAAdescribing yourself as tall dark and handsome when yoursquore actually short and homely
will earn you a handsome orange jumpsuit
And itrsquos no excuse to say that the vast majority of these cases will never be prosecuted As the
Ninth Circuit explained ldquoUbiquitous seldom-prosecuted crimes invite arbitrary and
discriminatory enforcementrdquo Instead of pursuing only suspects of actual crimes it opens the
door for prosecutors to go after people because the government doesnrsquot like them
Unfortunately therersquos no sign the Justice Department has given up on this interpretation outside
the Ninth and Fourth Circuits which is why the Professor Tim Wu in the New Yorker recently
called the CFAA ldquothe most outrageous criminal law yoursquove never heard ofrdquo
The potential criminalization of terms of service is a prime reason that Congress needs to
overhaul CFAA and itrsquos certainly why the House Judiciary Committee should abandon the
seemingly DOJ-drafted bill it floated recently and instead sit down with Rep Zoe Lofgren Rep
Darrell Issa and others to negotiate real reform
Are you a minor with a thirst for information You and your parents who vote should together
tell Congress to fix CFAA
White Men Have Much to Discuss About Mass Shootings read the headline of a piece in
the Washington Posts Outlook section Sunday Having spent most of our adult life in the
opinion journalism business we are no stranger to the instinct for provocation But really
Washington Post this is embarrassing
The authors identical twin sisters called Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and
consultants on social and political issues whatever that means according to their Post shirttail
bio They have a book called Clueless at the Top which is not an autobiography but a
meditation on outdated hierarchies in American culture whatever that means Their website
informs visitors that the twins received close to a million dollars in grants from the National
Science Foundation
The NSF is a federal agency so your tax dollars have subsidized the authors of what can only be
described as a racist rant Heres the opening
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wed have political debates
demanding that African Americans be held accountable Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years--not just Newtown Aurora Fort
Hood Tucson and Columbine--have been committed by white men and boys Yet when the
National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the Newtown
massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leaders opinions were widely
discussed
There is so much wrong with this we could write a column about it Which come to think of it
is exactly what we are doing even as we type
To begin with while its true that all but a few mass murderers have been men the twins cherry-
pick their examples and simply ignore nonwhite killers They leave out Colin Ferguson the
black man who opened fire in a Long Island Rail Road train in 1993 killing 6 and wounding 19
He had a number of problems in his life and every problem he was involved in he attached
some racial motivation to the person and institution he was dealing with regardless of their
race detective Mel Kenny of the Nassau County Police told the New York Times
The Times also reported that in response to the shooting several prominent black leaders
including the Rev Al Sharpton and the Rev Herbert W Daughtry held a news conference on
the steps of [New York] City Hall urging that blacks in general not be blamed for the crime
Blacks in general were not blamed for the crime Contrary to the Childress twins speculation
the public did not tell these leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture
and communities
As National Review Onlines Robert VerBruggen notes the twins also omit two nonwhite mass
murderers of Asian heritage Korean immigrant Cho Seung-Hui (32 dead 17 wounded at
Virginia Tech in 2007) and Laotian immigrant Chai Soua Vang (6 dead 2 wounded at Meteor
Wis in 2004) Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass shootings in
malls and movie theaters the twins assert--a lie that is technically true since Cho and Vang
massacred their victims in other locations
In addition including the Fort Hood shooting is a stretch The defendant in that case Nidal
Hasan is white according to standard racial taxonomy But he is also Arab-American which
makes him a nonwhite minority by the conventions of contemporary identity politics The facts
of the case suggest the motive was related to a nonracial aspect of his identity that also puts him
in the minority his religion Islam
Verbruggen cites a claim by lefty journalist David Sirota that 70 percent of mass shooters have
been white men Sirota regards that as a gross disproportion in a country where only 30 percent
of the population is white men But as VerBruggen notes the disparity is almost completely
explained by sex Men for reasons that are surely biological have a much greater propensity for
physical violence than women do
Whats even weirder about the Childress twins piece is that their counterfactual actually is not
counterfactual at all if you broaden the scope beyond acts of mass murder to murder more
generally or all violent crime Blacks do in fact commit a large disproportion of violent crimes
and while the subject is not taboo in respectable public debate it is delicate
Example A week before the twins piece the Post published a news article titled Gun Deaths
Shaped by Race in America The Posts analysis found Whites are far more likely to shoot
themselves and African Americans are far more likely to be shot by someone else No mention
was made of the racial distribution of homicide perpetrators
But the absolute strangest thing about the twins racist rant is the self-satisfied tone They think
theyre breaking a taboo bravely challenging convention by scapegoating white men Give us a
break Antiwhite and antimale bigotry couldnt be less courageous or more clicheacuted Its been a
constant feature of academic discourse for decades and of journalistic writing for years It has
been the dominant theme of political coverage since Barack Obamas re-election
And its not just the twins Consider this outburst from Mark Karlin editor of something called
Buzzflash at Truthout
You wont find anyone willing to dare say it much in the media but a good percentage of the
white men who oppose gun control of any sort--and who back measures that would even allow
alleged terrorists and straw purchases for drug dealers to buy guns--are just afraid that without
their guns their phallic power will be reduced to size
You can feel at least temporarily reassured when a long-barreled assault weapon compensates for
just another average manhood its an irresistable [sic] testosterone high to the beleaguered white
male
Call this Freudian psychobabble analysis but when you add it into the mix of just angry white
males who want their guns to show that they are still top dog on the political social and marital
hierarchy you got [sic] a good percentage of the psychologically need gun owners [sic]
In this case replace white with black and youd actually have something no one remotely
respectable would dare say especially a white dude like Karlin But a racist attack on white men
is so boring its not even offensive although it probably should be
And lets put Karlin on the couch for a moment He begins by touting his own courage then he
goes on to describe his chosen scapegoats as cowards with tiny genitals Sometimes a cigar is
just a cigar but not this time Karlin is doing exactly what he claims white male gun-owners do
Thats the logical phallus-y at the center of his argument
Hes Not Good Enough
When a woman marries young its a personal threat to Amanda Marcotte the Slate blogress who
has the hilarious distinction of having been forced to resign in disgrace from the John Edwards
campaign
Yesterday Slates womens section known as DoubleX published a sweet and contrarian essay
by Julia Shaw who became a bride at 23 after initially resisting the idea
I wasnt anti-marriage I thought I would get married but it would be later after a flurry of
accomplishments When David and I started dating his senior year and my sophomore year I
worried he would derail my education He definitely had all the qualities I wanted in a man
intelligence ambition good character plus he was a true gentleman Still I asked him Youre
not asking me out because you want to get married by graduation This was a Christian college
we went to so my question was not out of bounds I still regret those words Looking back my
artificial rigid timeline of success almost derailed my real happiness
Marcotte could not let this go unanswered Within 22 hours she had posted a forceful rebuttal
Watching conservatives desperately try to bully women into younger marriage with a couple of
promises and a whole lot of threats is highly entertaining but clearly not persuasive Women
marry later because it makes sense given their own career aspirations Im glad young
marriage is working out for Shaw but for the majority of women dating and cohabitating until
theyre more sure is working out just fine If hes good enough to marry hell still be around
when youre ready to make that leap
That last sentence is a perfect laboratory specimen of feminist rationalization
Consider the Shaw counterfactual--or if you like consider the Kate Bolick factual The man
wants to marry the woman doesnt It happens not infrequently as members of both sexes are
known to pursue suboptimal reproductive strategies
Best of the Web Today columnist James Taranto on why Princeton alumna Susan Patton was
right to suggest that smart women should try to seek out husbands in college Photos AP
The woman rejects the mans proposal but keeps dating him or maybe she eventually dumps
him as Bolick did In due course she changes her mind and decides she would like to spend the
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
The authors identical twin sisters called Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and
consultants on social and political issues whatever that means according to their Post shirttail
bio They have a book called Clueless at the Top which is not an autobiography but a
meditation on outdated hierarchies in American culture whatever that means Their website
informs visitors that the twins received close to a million dollars in grants from the National
Science Foundation
The NSF is a federal agency so your tax dollars have subsidized the authors of what can only be
described as a racist rant Heres the opening
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wed have political debates
demanding that African Americans be held accountable Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years--not just Newtown Aurora Fort
Hood Tucson and Columbine--have been committed by white men and boys Yet when the
National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the Newtown
massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leaders opinions were widely
discussed
There is so much wrong with this we could write a column about it Which come to think of it
is exactly what we are doing even as we type
To begin with while its true that all but a few mass murderers have been men the twins cherry-
pick their examples and simply ignore nonwhite killers They leave out Colin Ferguson the
black man who opened fire in a Long Island Rail Road train in 1993 killing 6 and wounding 19
He had a number of problems in his life and every problem he was involved in he attached
some racial motivation to the person and institution he was dealing with regardless of their
race detective Mel Kenny of the Nassau County Police told the New York Times
The Times also reported that in response to the shooting several prominent black leaders
including the Rev Al Sharpton and the Rev Herbert W Daughtry held a news conference on
the steps of [New York] City Hall urging that blacks in general not be blamed for the crime
Blacks in general were not blamed for the crime Contrary to the Childress twins speculation
the public did not tell these leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture
and communities
As National Review Onlines Robert VerBruggen notes the twins also omit two nonwhite mass
murderers of Asian heritage Korean immigrant Cho Seung-Hui (32 dead 17 wounded at
Virginia Tech in 2007) and Laotian immigrant Chai Soua Vang (6 dead 2 wounded at Meteor
Wis in 2004) Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass shootings in
malls and movie theaters the twins assert--a lie that is technically true since Cho and Vang
massacred their victims in other locations
In addition including the Fort Hood shooting is a stretch The defendant in that case Nidal
Hasan is white according to standard racial taxonomy But he is also Arab-American which
makes him a nonwhite minority by the conventions of contemporary identity politics The facts
of the case suggest the motive was related to a nonracial aspect of his identity that also puts him
in the minority his religion Islam
Verbruggen cites a claim by lefty journalist David Sirota that 70 percent of mass shooters have
been white men Sirota regards that as a gross disproportion in a country where only 30 percent
of the population is white men But as VerBruggen notes the disparity is almost completely
explained by sex Men for reasons that are surely biological have a much greater propensity for
physical violence than women do
Whats even weirder about the Childress twins piece is that their counterfactual actually is not
counterfactual at all if you broaden the scope beyond acts of mass murder to murder more
generally or all violent crime Blacks do in fact commit a large disproportion of violent crimes
and while the subject is not taboo in respectable public debate it is delicate
Example A week before the twins piece the Post published a news article titled Gun Deaths
Shaped by Race in America The Posts analysis found Whites are far more likely to shoot
themselves and African Americans are far more likely to be shot by someone else No mention
was made of the racial distribution of homicide perpetrators
But the absolute strangest thing about the twins racist rant is the self-satisfied tone They think
theyre breaking a taboo bravely challenging convention by scapegoating white men Give us a
break Antiwhite and antimale bigotry couldnt be less courageous or more clicheacuted Its been a
constant feature of academic discourse for decades and of journalistic writing for years It has
been the dominant theme of political coverage since Barack Obamas re-election
And its not just the twins Consider this outburst from Mark Karlin editor of something called
Buzzflash at Truthout
You wont find anyone willing to dare say it much in the media but a good percentage of the
white men who oppose gun control of any sort--and who back measures that would even allow
alleged terrorists and straw purchases for drug dealers to buy guns--are just afraid that without
their guns their phallic power will be reduced to size
You can feel at least temporarily reassured when a long-barreled assault weapon compensates for
just another average manhood its an irresistable [sic] testosterone high to the beleaguered white
male
Call this Freudian psychobabble analysis but when you add it into the mix of just angry white
males who want their guns to show that they are still top dog on the political social and marital
hierarchy you got [sic] a good percentage of the psychologically need gun owners [sic]
In this case replace white with black and youd actually have something no one remotely
respectable would dare say especially a white dude like Karlin But a racist attack on white men
is so boring its not even offensive although it probably should be
And lets put Karlin on the couch for a moment He begins by touting his own courage then he
goes on to describe his chosen scapegoats as cowards with tiny genitals Sometimes a cigar is
just a cigar but not this time Karlin is doing exactly what he claims white male gun-owners do
Thats the logical phallus-y at the center of his argument
Hes Not Good Enough
When a woman marries young its a personal threat to Amanda Marcotte the Slate blogress who
has the hilarious distinction of having been forced to resign in disgrace from the John Edwards
campaign
Yesterday Slates womens section known as DoubleX published a sweet and contrarian essay
by Julia Shaw who became a bride at 23 after initially resisting the idea
I wasnt anti-marriage I thought I would get married but it would be later after a flurry of
accomplishments When David and I started dating his senior year and my sophomore year I
worried he would derail my education He definitely had all the qualities I wanted in a man
intelligence ambition good character plus he was a true gentleman Still I asked him Youre
not asking me out because you want to get married by graduation This was a Christian college
we went to so my question was not out of bounds I still regret those words Looking back my
artificial rigid timeline of success almost derailed my real happiness
Marcotte could not let this go unanswered Within 22 hours she had posted a forceful rebuttal
Watching conservatives desperately try to bully women into younger marriage with a couple of
promises and a whole lot of threats is highly entertaining but clearly not persuasive Women
marry later because it makes sense given their own career aspirations Im glad young
marriage is working out for Shaw but for the majority of women dating and cohabitating until
theyre more sure is working out just fine If hes good enough to marry hell still be around
when youre ready to make that leap
That last sentence is a perfect laboratory specimen of feminist rationalization
Consider the Shaw counterfactual--or if you like consider the Kate Bolick factual The man
wants to marry the woman doesnt It happens not infrequently as members of both sexes are
known to pursue suboptimal reproductive strategies
Best of the Web Today columnist James Taranto on why Princeton alumna Susan Patton was
right to suggest that smart women should try to seek out husbands in college Photos AP
The woman rejects the mans proposal but keeps dating him or maybe she eventually dumps
him as Bolick did In due course she changes her mind and decides she would like to spend the
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
malls and movie theaters the twins assert--a lie that is technically true since Cho and Vang
massacred their victims in other locations
In addition including the Fort Hood shooting is a stretch The defendant in that case Nidal
Hasan is white according to standard racial taxonomy But he is also Arab-American which
makes him a nonwhite minority by the conventions of contemporary identity politics The facts
of the case suggest the motive was related to a nonracial aspect of his identity that also puts him
in the minority his religion Islam
Verbruggen cites a claim by lefty journalist David Sirota that 70 percent of mass shooters have
been white men Sirota regards that as a gross disproportion in a country where only 30 percent
of the population is white men But as VerBruggen notes the disparity is almost completely
explained by sex Men for reasons that are surely biological have a much greater propensity for
physical violence than women do
Whats even weirder about the Childress twins piece is that their counterfactual actually is not
counterfactual at all if you broaden the scope beyond acts of mass murder to murder more
generally or all violent crime Blacks do in fact commit a large disproportion of violent crimes
and while the subject is not taboo in respectable public debate it is delicate
Example A week before the twins piece the Post published a news article titled Gun Deaths
Shaped by Race in America The Posts analysis found Whites are far more likely to shoot
themselves and African Americans are far more likely to be shot by someone else No mention
was made of the racial distribution of homicide perpetrators
But the absolute strangest thing about the twins racist rant is the self-satisfied tone They think
theyre breaking a taboo bravely challenging convention by scapegoating white men Give us a
break Antiwhite and antimale bigotry couldnt be less courageous or more clicheacuted Its been a
constant feature of academic discourse for decades and of journalistic writing for years It has
been the dominant theme of political coverage since Barack Obamas re-election
And its not just the twins Consider this outburst from Mark Karlin editor of something called
Buzzflash at Truthout
You wont find anyone willing to dare say it much in the media but a good percentage of the
white men who oppose gun control of any sort--and who back measures that would even allow
alleged terrorists and straw purchases for drug dealers to buy guns--are just afraid that without
their guns their phallic power will be reduced to size
You can feel at least temporarily reassured when a long-barreled assault weapon compensates for
just another average manhood its an irresistable [sic] testosterone high to the beleaguered white
male
Call this Freudian psychobabble analysis but when you add it into the mix of just angry white
males who want their guns to show that they are still top dog on the political social and marital
hierarchy you got [sic] a good percentage of the psychologically need gun owners [sic]
In this case replace white with black and youd actually have something no one remotely
respectable would dare say especially a white dude like Karlin But a racist attack on white men
is so boring its not even offensive although it probably should be
And lets put Karlin on the couch for a moment He begins by touting his own courage then he
goes on to describe his chosen scapegoats as cowards with tiny genitals Sometimes a cigar is
just a cigar but not this time Karlin is doing exactly what he claims white male gun-owners do
Thats the logical phallus-y at the center of his argument
Hes Not Good Enough
When a woman marries young its a personal threat to Amanda Marcotte the Slate blogress who
has the hilarious distinction of having been forced to resign in disgrace from the John Edwards
campaign
Yesterday Slates womens section known as DoubleX published a sweet and contrarian essay
by Julia Shaw who became a bride at 23 after initially resisting the idea
I wasnt anti-marriage I thought I would get married but it would be later after a flurry of
accomplishments When David and I started dating his senior year and my sophomore year I
worried he would derail my education He definitely had all the qualities I wanted in a man
intelligence ambition good character plus he was a true gentleman Still I asked him Youre
not asking me out because you want to get married by graduation This was a Christian college
we went to so my question was not out of bounds I still regret those words Looking back my
artificial rigid timeline of success almost derailed my real happiness
Marcotte could not let this go unanswered Within 22 hours she had posted a forceful rebuttal
Watching conservatives desperately try to bully women into younger marriage with a couple of
promises and a whole lot of threats is highly entertaining but clearly not persuasive Women
marry later because it makes sense given their own career aspirations Im glad young
marriage is working out for Shaw but for the majority of women dating and cohabitating until
theyre more sure is working out just fine If hes good enough to marry hell still be around
when youre ready to make that leap
That last sentence is a perfect laboratory specimen of feminist rationalization
Consider the Shaw counterfactual--or if you like consider the Kate Bolick factual The man
wants to marry the woman doesnt It happens not infrequently as members of both sexes are
known to pursue suboptimal reproductive strategies
Best of the Web Today columnist James Taranto on why Princeton alumna Susan Patton was
right to suggest that smart women should try to seek out husbands in college Photos AP
The woman rejects the mans proposal but keeps dating him or maybe she eventually dumps
him as Bolick did In due course she changes her mind and decides she would like to spend the
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
In this case replace white with black and youd actually have something no one remotely
respectable would dare say especially a white dude like Karlin But a racist attack on white men
is so boring its not even offensive although it probably should be
And lets put Karlin on the couch for a moment He begins by touting his own courage then he
goes on to describe his chosen scapegoats as cowards with tiny genitals Sometimes a cigar is
just a cigar but not this time Karlin is doing exactly what he claims white male gun-owners do
Thats the logical phallus-y at the center of his argument
Hes Not Good Enough
When a woman marries young its a personal threat to Amanda Marcotte the Slate blogress who
has the hilarious distinction of having been forced to resign in disgrace from the John Edwards
campaign
Yesterday Slates womens section known as DoubleX published a sweet and contrarian essay
by Julia Shaw who became a bride at 23 after initially resisting the idea
I wasnt anti-marriage I thought I would get married but it would be later after a flurry of
accomplishments When David and I started dating his senior year and my sophomore year I
worried he would derail my education He definitely had all the qualities I wanted in a man
intelligence ambition good character plus he was a true gentleman Still I asked him Youre
not asking me out because you want to get married by graduation This was a Christian college
we went to so my question was not out of bounds I still regret those words Looking back my
artificial rigid timeline of success almost derailed my real happiness
Marcotte could not let this go unanswered Within 22 hours she had posted a forceful rebuttal
Watching conservatives desperately try to bully women into younger marriage with a couple of
promises and a whole lot of threats is highly entertaining but clearly not persuasive Women
marry later because it makes sense given their own career aspirations Im glad young
marriage is working out for Shaw but for the majority of women dating and cohabitating until
theyre more sure is working out just fine If hes good enough to marry hell still be around
when youre ready to make that leap
That last sentence is a perfect laboratory specimen of feminist rationalization
Consider the Shaw counterfactual--or if you like consider the Kate Bolick factual The man
wants to marry the woman doesnt It happens not infrequently as members of both sexes are
known to pursue suboptimal reproductive strategies
Best of the Web Today columnist James Taranto on why Princeton alumna Susan Patton was
right to suggest that smart women should try to seek out husbands in college Photos AP
The woman rejects the mans proposal but keeps dating him or maybe she eventually dumps
him as Bolick did In due course she changes her mind and decides she would like to spend the
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
rest of her life with him after all But by that point hes moved on to someone else or hes just
gotten fed up and he dumps her
Again heres Marcottes advice for the young woman If hes good enough to marry hell still be
around when youre ready to make that leap Lets translate that from feminist-speak to English
If the romance fails his inadequacy as a man is entirely to blame you have no responsibility for
making it work
If you follow that advice youre likely to end up alone Marcotte seems to imagine it will be a
consolation that youll be resentful too
Fox Butterfield Is That You
[Susan] Pattons piece is peppered with a number of bold potentially offensive assertions but
she deserves some credit for offering advice on an important subject thats all too often
neglected--Walter Russell Mead The-American-Interestcom April 1
Metaphor Alert
Manhattan US Attorney Preet Bharara said Todays charges demonstrate once again that a
show-me-the-money culture seems to pervade every level of New York government The
complaint describes an unappetizing smorgasbord of graft and greed involving six officials who
together built a corridor of corruption stretching from Queens and the Bronx to Rockland County
and all the way up to Albany itself As alleged Senator Malcolm Smith tried to bribe his way to
a shot at Gracie Mansion-Smith drew up the game plan and Councilman Halloran essentially
quarterbacked that drive by finding party chairmen who were wide open to receiving bribes
After the string of public corruption scandals that we have brought to light many may rightly
resign themselves to the sad truth that perhaps the most powerful special interest in politics is
self-interest We will continue pursuing and punishing every corrupt official we find but the
public corruption crisis in New York is more than a prosecutors problem --FBI press release
April 2
Out on a Limb
The fatal shooting of a north Texas district attorney and his wife just two months after an
assistant district attorney was gunned down near the local courthouse could have a chilling
effect on recruiting future prosecutors officials said--Molly Hennessy-Fiske and Matt
Pearce Los Angeles Times website April 1
Police Couple Dead in Murder-Suicide Both Ailing--headline Associated Press April 2
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Charlotte and Harriet Childress are researchers and consultants on social and political issues
They are the co-authors of ldquoClueless at the Top While the Rest of Us Turn Elsewhere for Life
Liberty and Happinessrdquo on outdated hierarchies in American culture
Imagine if African American men and boys were committing mass shootings month after month
year after year Articles and interviews would flood the media and wersquod have political debates
demanding that African Americans be ldquoheld accountablerdquo Then if an atrocity such as the
Newtown Conn shootings took place and African American male leaders held a news
conference to offer solutions their credibility would be questionable The public would tell these
leaders that they need to focus on problems in their own culture and communities
But when the criminals and leaders are white men race and gender become the elephant in the
room
Nearly all of the mass shootings in this country in recent years mdash not just Newtown Aurora
Fort Hood Tucson and Columbine mdash have been committed by white men and boys Yet when
the National Rifle Association (NRA) led by white men held a news conference after the
Newtown massacre to advise Americans on how to reduce gun violence its leadersrsquo opinions
were widely discussed
Unlike other groups white men are not used to being singled out So we expect that many of
them will protest it is unfair if we talk about them But our nation must correctly define their
contribution to our problem of gun violence if it is to be solved
When white men try to divert attention from gun control by talking about mental health issues
many people buy into the idea that the United States has a national mental health problem or
flawed systems with which to address those problems and they think that is what produces mass
shootings
But women and girls with mental health issues are not picking up semiautomatic weapons and
shooting schoolchildren Immigrants with mental health issues are not committing mass
shootings in malls and movie theaters Latinos with mental health issues are not continually
killing groups of strangers
Each of us is programmed from childhood to believe that the top group of our hierarchies mdash and
in the US culture thatrsquos white men mdash represents everyone so it can feel awkward even
ridiculous when we try to call attention to those people as a distinct group and hold them
accountable
For example our schools teach American history as the history of everyone in this nation But
the stories we learn are predominantly about white men To study the history of other groups
people have to take separate classes such as African American history womenrsquos history or
Native American history And if we take ldquoHispanic American Historyrdquo we donrsquot expect to learn
ldquoAsian American Historyrdquo because a class about anyone but white men is assumed not to be
inclusive of anyone else
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
This societal and cultural programming makes it easy for conservative white-male-led groups to
convince the nation that an organization led by white men such as the NRA or the tea party
movement can represent the interests of the entire nation when in fact they predominately
represent only their own experiences and perspectives
If life were equitable white male gun-rights advocates would face some serious questions to
assess their degree of credibility and objectivity We would expect them to explain
What facets of white male culture create so many mass shootings
Why are so many white men and boys producing and entertaining themselves with violent video
games and other media
Why do white men buy sell and manufacture guns for profit attend gun shows and demonstrate
for unrestricted gun access disproportionately more than people of other ethnicities or races
Why are white male congressmen leading the fight against gun control
If Americans ask the right questions on gun issues we will get the right answers These answers
will encourage white men to examine their role in their own culture and to help other white men
and boys become healthier and less violent
David Stockman The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally intellectually
By The New York Times Herald-Tribune
Monday April 1 2013
By DAVID A STOCKMAN
GREENWICH Conn -- The Dow Jones and Standard amp Poorrsquos 500 indexes reached record
highs on Thursday having completely erased the losses since the stock marketrsquos last peak in
2007 But instead of cheering we should be very afraid
David Stockman
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Over the last 13 years the stock market has twice crashed and touched off a recession American
households lost $5 trillion in the 2000 dot-com bust and more than $7 trillion in the 2007
housing crash Sooner or later mdash within a few years I predict mdash this latest Wall Street bubble
inflated by an egregious flood of phony money from the Federal Reserve rather than real
economic gains will explode too
Since the SampP 500 first reached its current level in March 2000 the mad money printers at the
Federal Reserve have expanded their balance sheet sixfold (to $32 trillion from $500 billion)
Yet during that stretch economic output has grown by an average of 17 percent a year (the
slowest since the Civil War) real business investment has crawled forward at only 08 percent
per year and the payroll job count has crept up at a negligible 01 percent annually Real median
family income growth has dropped 8 percent and the number of full-time middle class jobs 6
percent The real net worth of the ldquobottomrdquo 90 percent has dropped by one-fourth The number
of food stamp and disability aid recipients has more than doubled to 59 million about one in
five Americans
So the Main Street economy is failing while Washington is piling a soaring debt burden on our
descendants unable to rein in either the warfare state or the welfare state or raise the taxes
needed to pay the nationrsquos bills By default the Fed has resorted to a radical uncharted spree of
money printing But the flood of liquidity instead of spurring banks to lend and corporations to
spend has stayed trapped in the canyons of Wall Street where it is inflating yet another
unsustainable bubble
When it bursts there will be no new round of bailouts like the ones the banks got in 2008
Instead America will descend into an era of zero-sum austerity and virulent political conflict
extinguishing even todayrsquos feeble remnants of economic growth
THIS dyspeptic prospect results from the fact that we are now state-wrecked With only brief
interruptions wersquove had eight decades of increasingly frenetic fiscal and monetary policy
activism intended to counter the cyclical bumps and grinds of the free market and its purported
tendency to underproduce jobs and economic output The toll has been heavy
As the federal government and its central-bank sidekick the Fed have groped for one goal after
another mdash smoothing out the business cycle minimizing inflation and unemployment at the
same time rolling out a giant social insurance blanket promoting homeownership subsidizing
medical care propping up old industries (agriculture automobiles) and fostering new ones
(ldquocleanrdquo energy biotechnology) and above all bailing out Wall Street mdash they have now
succumbed to overload overreach and outside capture by powerful interests The modern
Keynesian state is broke paralyzed and mired in empty ritual incantations about stimulating
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
ldquodemandrdquo even as it fosters a mutant crony capitalism that periodically lavishes the top 1
percent with speculative windfalls
The culprits are bipartisan though yoursquod never guess that from the blather that passes for
political discourse these days The state-wreck originated in 1933 when Franklin D Roosevelt
opted for fiat money (currency not fundamentally backed by gold) economic nationalism and
capitalist cartels in agriculture and industry
Under the exigencies of World War II (which did far more to end the Depression than the New
Deal did) the state got hugely bloated but remarkably the bloat was put into brief remission
during a midcentury golden era of sound money and fiscal rectitude with Dwight D Eisenhower
in the White House and William McChesney Martin Jr at the Fed
Then came Lyndon B Johnsonrsquos ldquoguns and butterrdquo excesses which were intensified over one
perfidious weekend at Camp David Md in 1971 when Richard M Nixon essentially defaulted
on the nationrsquos debt obligations by finally ending the convertibility of gold to the dollar That
one act mdash arguably a sin graver than Watergate mdash meant the end of national financial discipline
and the start of a four-decade spree during which we have lived high on the hog running a
cumulative $8 trillion current-account deficit In effect America underwent an internal leveraged
buyout raising our ratio of total debt (public and private) to economic output to about 36 from
its historic level of about 16 Hence the $30 trillion in excess debt (more than half the total debt
$56 trillion) that hangs over the American economy today
This explosion of borrowing was the stepchild of the floating-money contraption deposited in the
Nixon White House by Milton Friedman the supposed hero of free-market economics who in
fact sowed the seed for a never-ending expansion of the money supply The Fed which
celebrates its centenary this year fueled a roaring inflation in goods and commodities during the
1970s that was brought under control only by the iron resolve of Paul A Volcker its chairman
from 1979 to 1987
Under his successor the lapsed hero Alan Greenspan the Fed dropped Friedmanrsquos penurious
rules for monetary expansion keeping interest rates too low for too long and flooding Wall
Street with freshly minted cash What became known as the ldquoGreenspan putrdquo mdash the implicit
assumption that the Fed would step in if asset prices dropped as they did after the 1987 stock-
market crash mdash was reinforced by the Fedrsquos unforgivable 1998 bailout of the hedge fund Long-
Term Capital Management
That Mr Greenspanrsquos loose monetary policies didnrsquot set off inflation was only because domestic
prices for goods and labor were crushed by the huge flow of imports from the factories of Asia
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
By offshoring Americarsquos tradable-goods sector the Fed kept the Consumer Price Index
contained but also permitted the excess liquidity to foster a roaring inflation in financial assets
Mr Greenspanrsquos pandering incited the greatest equity boom in history with the stock market
rising fivefold between the 1987 crash and the 2000 dot-com bust
Soon Americans stopped saving and consumed everything they earned and all they could
borrow The Asians burned by their own 1997 financial crisis were happy to oblige us They mdash
China and Japan above all mdash accumulated huge dollar reserves transforming their central banks
into a string of monetary roach motels where sovereign debt goes in but never comes out Wersquove
been living on borrowed time mdash and spending Asiansrsquo borrowed dimes
This dynamic reinforced the Reaganite shibboleth that ldquodeficits donrsquot matterrdquo and the fact that
nearly $5 trillion of the nationrsquos $12 trillion in ldquopublicly heldrdquo debt is actually sequestered in the
vaults of central banks The destruction of fiscal rectitude under Ronald Reagan mdash one reason I
resigned as his budget chief in 1985 mdash was the greatest of his many dramatic acts It created a
template for the Republicansrsquo utter abandonment of the balanced-budget policies of Calvin
Coolidge and allowed George W Bush to dive into the deep end bankrupting the nation through
two misbegotten and unfinanced wars a giant expansion of Medicare and a tax-cutting spree for
the wealthy that turned K Street lobbyists into the de facto office of national tax policy In effect
the GOP embraced Keynesianism mdash for the wealthy
The explosion of the housing market abetted by phony credit ratings securitization shenanigans
and willful malpractice by mortgage lenders originators and brokers has been well documented
Less known is the balance-sheet explosion among the top 10 Wall Street banks during the eight
years ending in 2008 Though their tiny sliver of equity capital hardly grew their dependence on
unstable ldquohot moneyrdquo soared as the regulatory harness the Glass-Steagall Act had wisely
imposed during the Depression was totally dismantled
Within weeks of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy in September 2008 Washington with Wall
Streetrsquos gun to its head propped up the remnants of this financial mess in a panic-stricken melee
of bailouts and money-printing that is the single most shameful chapter in American financial
history
There was never a remote threat of a Great Depression 20 or of a financial nuclear winter
contrary to the dire warnings of Ben S Bernanke the Fed chairman since 2006 The Great Fear
mdash manifested by the stock market plunge when the House voted down the TARP bailout before
caving and passing it mdash was purely another Wall Street concoction Had President Bush and his
Goldman Sachs adviser (a k a Treasury Secretary) Henry M Paulson Jr stood firm the crisis
would have burned out on its own and meted out to speculators the losses they so richly
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
deserved The Main Street banking system was never in serious jeopardy ATMs were not going
dark and the money market industry was not imploding
Instead the White House Congress and the Fed under Mr Bush and then President Obama
made a series of desperate reckless maneuvers that were not only unnecessary but ruinous The
auto bailouts for example simply shifted jobs around mdash particularly to the aging electorally
vital Rust Belt mdash rather than saving them The ldquogreen energyrdquo component of Mr Obamarsquos
stimulus was mainly a nearly $1 billion giveaway to crony capitalists like the venture capitalist
John Doerr and the self-proclaimed outer-space visionary Elon Musk to make new toys for the
affluent
Less than 5 percent of the $800 billion Obama stimulus went to the truly needy for food stamps
earned-income tax credits and other forms of poverty relief The preponderant share ended up in
money dumps to state and local governments pork-barrel infrastructure projects business tax
loopholes and indiscriminate middle-class tax cuts The Democratic Keynesians as intellectually
bankrupt as their Republican counterparts (though less hypocritical) had no solution beyond
handing out borrowed money to consumers hoping they would buy a lawn mower a flat-screen
TV or at least dinner at Red Lobster
But even Mr Obamarsquos hopelessly glib policies could not match the audacity of the Fed which
dropped interest rates to zero and then digitally printed new money at the astounding rate of $600
million per hour Fast-money speculators have been ldquopurchasingrdquo giant piles of Treasury debt
and mortgage-backed securities almost entirely by using short-term overnight money borrowed
at essentially zero cost thanks to the Fed Uncle Ben has lined their pockets
If and when the Fed mdash which now promises to get unemployment below 65 percent as long as
inflation doesnrsquot exceed 25 percent mdash even hints at shrinking its balance sheet it will elicit a
tidal wave of sell orders because even a modest drop in bond prices would destroy the
arbitrageursrsquo profits Notwithstanding Mr Bernankersquos assurances about eventually gradually
making a smooth exit the Fed is domiciled in a monetary prison of its own making
While the Fed fiddles Congress burns Self-titled fiscal hawks like Paul D Ryan the chairman
of the House Budget Committee are terrified of telling the truth that the 10-year deficit is
actually $15 trillion to $20 trillion far larger than the Congressional Budget Officersquos estimate of
$7 trillion Its latest forecast which imagines 164 million new jobs in the next decade compared
with only 25 million in the last 10 years is only one of the more extreme examples of
Washingtonrsquos delusions
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Even a supposedly ldquoboldrdquo measure mdash linking the cost-of-living adjustment for Social Security
payments to a different kind of inflation index mdash would save just $200 billion over a decade
amounting to hardly 1 percent of the problem Mr Ryanrsquos latest budget shamelessly gives Social
Security and Medicare a 10-year pass notwithstanding that a fair portion of their nearly $19
trillion cost over that decade would go to the affluent elderly At the same time his proposal for
draconian 30 percent cuts over a decade on the $7 trillion safety net mdash Medicaid food stamps
and the earned-income tax credit mdash is another front in the GOPrsquos war against the 99 percent
Without any changes over the next decade or so the gross federal debt now nearly $17 trillion
will hurtle toward $30 trillion and soar to 150 percent of gross domestic product from around
105 percent today Since our constitutional stasis rules out any prospect of a ldquogrand bargainrdquo the
nationrsquos fiscal collapse will play out incrementally like a GreekCypriot tragedy in carefully
choreographed crises over debt ceilings continuing resolutions and temporary budgetary
patches
The future is bleak The greatest construction boom in recorded history mdash Chinarsquos money dump
on infrastructure over the last 15 years mdash is slowing Brazil India Russia Turkey South Africa
and all the other growing middle-income nations cannot make up for the shortfall in demand
The American machinery of monetary and fiscal stimulus has reached its limits Japan is sinking
into old-age bankruptcy and Europe into welfare-state senescence The new rulers enthroned in
Beijing last year know that after two decades of wild lending speculation and building even
they will face a day of reckoning too
THE state-wreck ahead is a far cry from the ldquoGreat Moderationrdquo proclaimed in 2004 by Mr
Bernanke who predicted that prosperity would be everlasting because the Fed had tamed the
business cycle and as late as March 2007 testified that the impact of the subprime meltdown
ldquoseems likely to be containedrdquo Instead of moderation whatrsquos at hand is a Great Deformation
arising from a rogue central bank that has abetted the Wall Street casino crucified savers on a
cross of zero interest rates and fueled a global commodity bubble that erodes Main Street living
standards through rising food and energy prices mdash a form of inflation that the Fed fecklessly
disregards in calculating inflation
These policies have brought America to an end-stage metastasis The way out would be so
radical it canrsquot happen It would necessitate a sweeping divorce of the state and the market
economy It would require a renunciation of crony capitalism and its first cousin Keynesian
economics in all its forms The state would need to get out of the business of imperial hubris
economic uplift and social insurance and shift its focus to managing and financing an effective
affordable means-tested safety net
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
All this would require drastic deflation of the realm of politics and the abolition of incumbency
itself because the machinery of the state and the machinery of re-election have become
conterminous Prying them apart would entail sweeping constitutional surgery amendments to
give the president and members of Congress a single six-year term with no re-election
providing 100 percent public financing for candidates strictly limiting the duration of campaigns
(say to eight weeks) and prohibiting for life lobbying by anyone who has been on a legislative
or executive payroll It would also require overturning Citizens United and mandating that
Congress pass a balanced budget or face an automatic sequester of spending
It would also require purging the corrosive financialization that has turned the economy into a
giant casino since the 1970s This would mean putting the great Wall Street banks out in the cold
to compete as at-risk free enterprises without access to cheap Fed loans or deposit insurance
Banks would be able to take deposits and make commercial loans but be banned from trading
underwriting and money management in all its forms
It would require finally benching the Fedrsquos central planners and restoring the central bankrsquos
original mission to provide liquidity in times of crisis but never to buy government debt or try to
micromanage the economy Getting the Fed out of the financial markets is the only way to put
free markets and genuine wealth creation back into capitalism
That of course will never happen because there are trillions of dollars of assets from Shanghai
skyscrapers to Fortune 1000 stocks to the latest housing market ldquorecoveryrdquo artificially propped
up by the Fedrsquos interest-rate repression The United States is broke mdash fiscally morally
intellectually mdash and the Fed has incited a global currency war (Japan just signed up the
Brazilians and Chinese are angry and the German-dominated euro zone is crumbling) that will
soon overwhelm it When the latest bubble pops there will be nothing to stop the collapse If this
sounds like advice to get out of the markets and hide out in cash it is
David A Stockman is a former Republican congressman from Michigan President Ronald
Reaganrsquos budget director from 1981 to 1985 and the author most recently of ldquoThe Great
Deformation The Corruption of Capitalism in Americardquo
DHS buying billions of rounds of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
NaturalNews)
Responding to a letter from Sen Tom Coburn the Department of Homeland Security -- an
agency that has no business being armed in the first place -- says its buying billions of rounds
of ammunition in order to significantly lower costs
Its all about saving money you see DHS isnt arming up in anticipation of a shooting war on the
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
streets of America and its not buying thousands of armored assault vehicles for that purpose
either No DHS is only buying all this ammo to save you money
This response by DHS of course is an obvious lie Why Because a significant portion of the
bullet purchases specify hollow point rounds In case you didnt know hollow points are
significantly MORE expensive than ball ammo (FMJ) Under the Geneva convention hollow
points are illegal to use in war because they cause far greater tissue damage too So they can
only be used domestically inside the United States in a civil action not an international war
If DHS really wanted to significantly lower costs on ammunition it would have purchased
FMJ rounds (full metal jacket) not hollow points But in April of 2012 ammunition
manufacturer ATK announced it had been awarded a DHS purchase contract for 450 million
rounds of hollow point 40 caliber ammo Thats almost half a billion rounds right there and
theyre all hollow point rounds
The press release claimed The special hollow point effectively passes through a variety of
barriers and holds its jacket in the toughest conditions You can read the full original press
release at Infowarscom
The press release on the ATK website by the way has been modified to remove any mention of
450 million rounds Read it here
httpwwwatkcomnews-releasesatk-secures-40-caliber-ammunition-co
First it was a conspiracy theory that the bullets existed now its a verified fact that billions of
rounds are being purchased
Infowarscom initially publicized this story With the outstanding reporting of Kurt Nimmo Paul
Joseph Watson Alex Jones and others the alternative media forced this story into the
mainstream
But for most of 2012 anyone who claimed DHS was purchasing all this ammo was labeled a
conspiracy theorist by the leftist delusional media which somehow believed that all this
hardware being purchased by DHS was imaginary
Over time of course as all the contracts came out and the proof was undeniable the mainstream
media was forced to admit it wasnt a conspiracy theory after all A Forbescom report that called
for a national conversation signalled a breakthrough in mainstream awareness of the issue and
it was soon followed by members of Congress demanding answers from DHS
The cover stories collapse
The first response from DHS was that there were no bullets They didnt exist The contracts
were purely fictional and DHS had no intention of actually taking delivery on any bullets
When that cover story was exposed as an obvious lie the story shifted to its current distortion
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
We bought all that ammo to save you money (By the way where are the apologies to all of us
who first reported the DHS ammo purchases and were called conspiracy theorists for breaking
the story on now-verified facts)
Ah so now the bullets DO exist after all but we should all be thankful DHS is buying all these
bullets because its a wonderful example of fiscal responsibility you see Because when a
government is economically on the verge of collapse operated by criminals and destroying the
liberties of the people the most important way to save money is to load up on billions of
rounds of ammo It makes perfect sense does it not
But now the saving money cover story is also collapsing due to the fact that most of the bullets
purchased are hollow point rounds and hollow point rounds are the most expensive rounds you
can buy This includes hundreds of thousands of sniper rounds by the way which are specified
in the purchase contracts as BTHP -- meaning Boat Tail Hollow Point These sniper rounds
are long-range bullets with remarkable flight stability Depending on the ballistics coefficients
and muzzle velocities some of these bullets have ranges of well over one mile
Exactly who does DHS need to shoot with hollow point bullets at a range of one mile
Private citizens are buying 50 million rounds EACH WEEK
According to my sources private citizens across the USA have been buying up far larger
quantities of ammo than DHS At peak production US ammunition manufacturers can produce
nearly one billion rounds of ammo each week Most of that production goes straight to the
Pentagon for military use But roughly one-twentieth of it is available for the law enforcement
and civilian markets
That comes to 50 million rounds each week being placed on the market Most of this is being
frantically bought up by individual gun owners Most ammo doesnt even make it to store
shelves as full pallets are being trucked off in back lots mere minutes after they arrive at gun
shops and retailers
If these numbers are accurate -- and Im not 100 sure of their accuracy yet -- this means US
civilians could be buying up to 24 billion rounds of ammo in a years time outpacing even DHS
ammo purchases Even more impressively private citizens are buying up millions of guns each
month All these hundreds of millions of rounds of ammo and millions of firearms are being
hidden away until they are needed
It doesnt take long to realize whats really happening here a massive arms race is underway in
America Rest assured that gun purchasers are not buying guns just so they can turn them in
They are not buying ammo just to turn around and register it with the government They are not
buying 30-round magazines for the purpose of registering them with the criminal traitorous
lawmakers of states like Connecticut They are buying guns and ammo in order to prepare an
armed defense against a corrupt criminal government that has abandoned the rule of law (the
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Constitution) and is now aggressively stripping Americans of their guaranteed fundamental
rights (the Bill of Rights) Citizens should stockpile ammo just like DHS
If it comes to a shooting war private citizens are allies of sheriffs veterans and many members
of law enforcement including many federal officers Entire communities will likely band
together to defend themselves against federal coercion or even UN troops attempting to overtake
and occupy American cities
Informed Americans know that stockpiling ammo is a wise activity especially given the likely
need to help arm your local sheriffs deputies who are sworn to help defend your community
against tyranny (wwwOathKeepersorg) Additionally stockpiling ammo is exactly what the
government is doing so if anybody asks why you and I are stockpiling ammo our answer can be
exactly the same as DHS Were doing it to significantly lower costs by purchasing in bulk
Thus the argument that individuals dont need all that ammo falls flat on its face Need is not
a requirement in the eyes of the government The only justification necessary is a claim to be
saving money no matter how much ammo is being stockpiled
The next time someone asks you why you need an AR-15 just reply Im buying them in bulk
to significantly lower costs just like our government The same retort can be used to justify
purchases of armored vehicles and long-range sniper rounds too The left will never see the
bullets coming
Shockingly voters on the left who are terrified that individuals might stockpile ammo are
mysteriously quite comfortable that DHS is doing exactly that on a much larger scale
Individuals are not to be trusted in a socialist nation you see Only the government can be
trusted they believe Little do these people know that most of these DHS bullets are ultimately
meant for them
The first place DHS will set up operations will be the high-density cities where status quo
residents are surprisingly easy to be rounded up marched to the edge of open pits then ordered
to thank their government executioners while being shot in the head with 40 caliber hollow point
bullets that were purchased in bulk to save money Rejoice Mass murder has never been so
affordable
You may not think any of this could possibly happen but then again you probably didnt think
DHS was buying 2+ billion rounds of ammo when we first reported it (Im talking to newer
visitors now not long-time Natural News readers) Like most people you are hopelessly
ignorant of reality and you have bet your life on the lies of a criminal government that places no
value whatsoever on your existence You live in a never-ending state of denial because the zone
of denial is far more comfortable than facing the truth that your own government is arming
against you amassing enough ammunition and armored assault vehicles to wage a 20-year war
on the streets of America all while gutting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights (to the cheers
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
of the socialist left)
If you believe DHS is buying all this just for training purposes you are a fool Any
organization that needs two billion rounds of ammunition to train is a standing army Two
billion rounds of ammunition in the hands of a corrupt criminal government does not create
security
America is raising a generation of interns
People my age expect to start at the bottom says one 25-year-old But in this economy the
bottom keeps getting lower and lower
By Hannah Seligson | March 30 2013
IN MANY WAYS Kate is a perfect reflection of the opportunities and hardships of being young
today Shes smart and motivated and has a degree from an Ivy League school yet at 25 she
worries shell never attain the status or lifestyle of her boomer parents She majored in political
science and has a burnished social conscience something she honed teaching creative writing in
a womens prison But Kates most salient mdash and at this point defining mdash generational trait
might be that she doesnt have a full-time job Instead she has been an intern for a year and a
half
She had one internship at a political organization and another at a media company and is now an
unpaid intern at a lobbying firm To make ends meet she works as a hostess three or four nights
a week which means she often clocks 15-hour days
I dont mean to sound like I have an ego but I am an intelligent hard-working person Kate
says Someone would be happy they hired me
Its a refrain heard many times from the millions of 20-something Kates who are scrambling to
find jobs with a steady paycheck and benefits After all who wants to still be an intern at an age
when you should have a 401(k) and a modicum of job security or at least be earning more than
you did at your summer job during high school People my age expect to start at the bottom
Kate says but in this economy the bottom keeps getting lower and lower
When I ask Kate how many jobs shes applied for she says Like a million
Desperate as she is the Department of Labor doesnt consider her to be unemployed because she
has two jobs Instead Kate who often works more than 60 hours a week is in a class of workers
who dont show up in government reports Shes one of the permaterns mdash those perpetual
interns mostly in their 20s mdash who have been battered by the recession and are holding out hope
that the conventional career wisdom that an internship leads to a job isnt folklore from a bygone
era
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
The serial intern isnt unique to DC You can find young people languishing at film studios in
Los Angeles and magazine empires in New York City The permatern phenomenon points
toward wider trends in the economy mdash namely the cutthroat competition for knowledge-
economy jobs the lack of investment in this generation and the skills gap between what a
generation weaned on a liberal-arts education is trained for and what the in-demand skills and
professions are right now (ie not another poli-sci or English major) The result For many in
Washington the American dream starts with a highbrow internship that pays $435 an hour mdash
then another and maybe another
Thats how much Jessica Schulberg 22 made for the 10 months she worked at the Woodrow
Wilson International Center for Scholars a haven for academics and journalists researching
public-policy issues Every month before taxes Jessica was paid a stipend of $700
supplemented by waitressing and bartending
I felt like 10 months was a long time to be there says Jessica But with only a bachelors
degree she felt she wasnt qualified for many entry-level jobs a suspicion confirmed by
numerous rejections The places where she was applying mdash think tanks and nonprofits mdash were
all receiving a million applications from people just like me she says
So Jessica went with plan B two years of graduate school to earn a masters in international
politics A partial scholarship made the decision easier but Jessica says shell have to go into
debt to cover some of the $50000 a year in tuition Shell graduate next year
Somewhat amazingly Jessica is upbeat about her situation The internship at the Wilson Center
made her feel like one of the lucky ones During her stint she assisted foreign-policy
heavyweights like Michael Adler a foreign correspondent for Agence France-Presse on a book
about diplomacy in Iran She did research for Mark Mazzetti a national-security correspondent
for The New York Times
WHEN DID LUCKY become working for below minimum wage for months Jessica doesnt
pause when I ask her this mdash its clearly a bargain she has mulled many times You either do
what you like to do for free or you have an entry-level job for $25000 where you answer the
phone and are someones assistant
Has it always been this hard to break into even the most competitive jobs in DC In a word no
Take Mazzetti 38 a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist When he was starting
out Mazzetti interned at The Economists Washington bureau In the old days there were
internships in journalism that gave paths to more regular jobs he says His internship turned
into a position that sent him to Austin I could pay the rent and it was a blast he recalls
It does seem like in general it is harder to get anything full-time and permanent in Washington
now because of the economy Mazzetti says Young and incredibly smart people have to take
jobs for no money or very little money
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Internship coordinators around town say theyre seeing more applicants with advanced degrees
and previous internships than in the past But the full-time jobs that are supposed to follow a
prestigious internship arent as plentiful as they once were A 2012 study by consulting firm
Millennial Branding found that while 91 percent of the 225 surveyed employers said students
should have one to two internships before they graduate half of the employers hadnt hired any
interns in the previous six months In other words internships dont always lead to a job offer
Those internships that offer a path to a full-time position are that much more competitive At the
Atlantic Media Co which publishes The Atlantic and several other magazines a high percentage
of fellows move into other roles in the organization But an internship at the company is among
the toughest to land The company receives 1000 reacutesumeacutes for 25 positions Thats about a 2
percent acceptance rate
After hearing these numbers I began to understand why Jessica felt lucky Maybe she is
fortunate to be earning $435 an hour at her ivory-tower job while she works nights and
weekends as a waitress Maybe a 10-month paid internship followed by graduate school and then
perhaps another internship is the new lucky particularly at a time when so many young people
cant find work at all
Still I wondered Where was the anger at the injustice that a smart young woman couldnt find a
permanent job and had to keep prolonging her $435-an-hour internship I dont think you can
be angry Jessica says Its just how it is People older than me are struggling
Ross Perlin 29 author of Intern Nation views the situation as much more insidious Low-paid
and unpaid work is the new normal Perlin says and if you cant do those internships you may
be totally shut out of certain fields How is that fair
The economics of being a permatern are pretty brutal Thanks to the Affordable Care Act Jessica
can stay on her parents health insurance until shes 26 defraying a major expense Without that
safety net its unclear what shed do mdash either forgo health insurance or ask for a subsidy from
her parents who can afford mini-bailouts for their daughter
The job market hasnt always been structured in a way that requires college graduates to work for
less than a barista for months or years on end Perlin says that before the internship boom in
the 1950s and 60s the expectation was that employers would invest in young people and that
they in turn would pay the investment back by becoming taxpayers and active members of
society
There has been a cultural shift toward something more sinister mdash that you have to invest in
yourself and we are each out there on our own Perlin explains There is no idea of a social
investment in our promising young people Increasingly you invest in your own human capital
or your family does There is no sense of shared responsibility
BUT ARENT THERE jobs for the hordes of serial interns Dont they just need to lower their
sights No one after all is forcing them into professions that make getting into Harvard look
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
easy Isnt this just another example of the entitled Gen Y attitude that sees some work as beneath
them
Kate maintains she isnt holding out for the perfect job but will wait until she gets a career-
building job mdash a luxury she has as the child of 1960s idealists and more important one with no
student loans And she points out that according to a recent poll her college major mdash political
science mdash is among the least employable due to a saturation in the marketplace
Not everyone in the generation meets such a fate Jessicas brother who is 28 and a mechanical
aerospace engineer has been gainfully employed since the day he graduated from college
Jessica says So heres another chasm in the 20-something cohort the one between the liberal-
arts kids and the engineering and science majors Engineering is an in-demand skill Jessica
says International relationspolicy kids are a dime a dozen so the intern pay difference makes
sense in that regard
The expectation that ones career should be fulfilling is another reason why the mid-20s or
even early-30s intern has become a familiar sight in Washington offices People in this
generation despite the recession are looking for what they really want to do so they take a hit in
the form of an internship to land one of those coveted jobs that pays the bills and is fun says
Ryan Healy of career-advice site BrazenCareeristcom
But Aaron Smith of youth-advocacy organization Young Invincibles sees permaterns to be more
a result of the economic rugs being pulled out from under this generation The economy needs
to add a really high number of youth jobs over the next 10 years to get us back to where we were
before he says
Like others Smith sees a mismatch between the jobs that are available and what young people
are seeking and trained for There is a huge demand for [people in science engineering and
math] and we dont produce enough of those graduates to fill that need Smith says Students
need to be more cognizant of the labor market
But as long as Washington continues to be a hub of politics media nonprofits and development
agencies young people will continue to flock here to elbow their way into the regions uumlber-
competitive ecosystems They just might find that interning for a year or two is part of the long
hard slog into the permanent full-time workforce Or theyll give up or go with plan B
On the bright side Lauren Berger founder of InternQueencom a website that helps students
find internships says she isnt seeing serial interns as much as she did during the peak of the
recession in 2008 and 2009 She says that when she gets emails from people who have been
interning for four years she replies Enough with the internships already
If only some had that choice
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Domestic drones and their unique dangers
Dismissive claims that drones do nothing more than helicopters and satellites already do are
wildly misinformed
o Glenn Greenwald
o guardiancouk Friday 29 March 2013 1048 EDT
AR Drone almost certainly the worlds first Wi-Fi enabled iPhone-controllable miniature flying
device
The use of drones by domestic US law enforcement agencies is growing rapidly both in terms of
numbers and types of usage As a result civil liberties and privacy groups led by the ACLU -
while accepting that domestic drones are inevitable - have been devoting increasing efforts to
publicizing their unique dangers and agitating for statutory limits These efforts are being
impeded by those who mock the idea that domestic drones pose unique dangers (often the same
people who mock concern over their usage on foreign soil) This dismissive posture is grounded
not only in soft authoritarianism (a religious-type faith in the Goodness of US political leaders
and state power generally) but also ignorance over current drone capabilities the ways drones
are now being developed and marketed for domestic use and the activities of the increasingly
powerful domestic drone lobby So its quite worthwhile to lay out the key under-discussed facts
shaping this issue
Im going to focus here most on domestic surveillance drones but I want to say a few words
about weaponized drones The belief that weaponized drones wont be used on US soil is
patently irrational Of course they will be Its not just likely but inevitable Police departments
are already speaking openly about how their drones could be equipped to carry nonlethal
weapons such as Tasers or a bean-bag gun The drone industry has already developed and is
now aggressively marketing precisely such weaponized drones for domestic law enforcement
use It likely wont be in the form that has received the most media attention the type of large
Predator or Reaper drones that shoot Hellfire missiles which destroy homes and cars in Pakistan
Yemen Somalia Afghanistan and multiple other countries aimed at Muslims (although US law
enforcement agencies already possess Predator drones and have used them over US soil for
surveillance)
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Instead as I detailed in a 2012 examination of the drone industrys own promotional materials
and reports to their shareholders domestic weaponized drones will be much smaller and cheaper
as well as more agile - but just as lethal The nations leading manufacturer of small unmanned
aircraft systems (UAS) used both for surveillance and attack purposes is AeroVironment Inc
(AV) Its 2011 Annual Report filed with the SEC repeatedly emphasizes that its business strategy
depends upon expanding its market from foreign wars to domestic usage including law
enforcement
AVs annual report added Initial likely non-military users of small UAS include public safety
organizations such as law enforcement agencies These domestic marketing efforts are
intensifying with the perception that US spending on foreign wars will decrease As a February
2013 CBS News report noted focusing on AVs surveillance drones
Now drones are headed off the battlefield Theyre already coming your way
AeroVironment the California company that sells the military something like 85 percent of its
fleet is marketing them now to public safety agencies
Like many drone manufacturers AV is now focused on drone products - such as the Qube -
that are so small that they can be transported in the trunk of a police vehicle or carried in a
backpack and assembled and deployed within a matter of minutes One news report AV touts is
headlined Drone technology could be coming to a Police Department near you which focuses
on the Qube
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
But another article prominently touted on AVs website describes the tiny UAS product dubbed
the Switchblade which says the article is the leading edge of what is likely to be the broader
even wholesale weaponization of unmanned systems The article creepily hails the Switchblade
drone as the ultimate assassin bug Thats because as I wrote back in 2011 it is controlled by
the operator at the scene and it worms its way around buildings and into small areas sending its
surveillance imagery to an i-Pad held by the operator who can then direct the Switchblade to
lunge toward and kill the target (hence the name) by exploding in his face AVs website right
now proudly touts a February 2013 Defense News article describing how much the US Army
loves the Switchblade and how it is preparing to purchase more Time Magazine heralded this
tiny drone weapon as one of the best inventions of 2012 gushing the Switchblade drone can
be carried into battle in a backpack Its a kamikaze the person controlling it uses a real-time
video feed from the drone to crash it into a precise target - say a sniper Its tiny warhead
detonates on impact
What possible reason could someone identify as to why these small portable weaponized UAS
products will not imminently be used by federal state and local law enforcement agencies in the
US Theyre designed to protect their users in dangerous situations and to enable a target to be
more easily killed Police agencies and the increasingly powerful drone industry will tout their
utility in capturing and killing dangerous criminals and their ability to keep officers safe and
media reports will do the same The handful of genuinely positive uses from drones will be
endlessly touted to distract attention away from the dangers they pose
One has to be incredibly naiumlve to think that these assassin bugs and other lethal drone products
will not be widely used on US soil by an already para-militarized domestic police force As
Radley Balkos forthcoming book Rise of the Warrior Cop details the primary trend in US law
enforcement is what its title describes as The Militarization of Americas Police Forces The
history of domestic law enforcement particularly after 911 has been the importation of military
techniques and weapons into domestic policing It would be shocking if these weapons were not
imminently used by domestic law enforcement agencies
In contrast to weaponized drones even the most naiumlve among us do not doubt the imminent
proliferation of domestic surveillance drones With little debate they have already arrived As
the ACLU put it in their recent report US law enforcement is greatly expanding its use of
domestic drones for surveillance An LA Times article from last month reported that federal
authorities have stepped up efforts to license surveillance drones for law enforcement and other
uses in US airspace and that the Federal Aviation Administration said Friday it had issued
1428 permits to domestic drone operators since 2007 far more than were previously known
Moreover the agency has estimated 10000 drones could be aloft five years later and local
and state law enforcement agencies are expected to be among the largest customers
Concerns about the proliferation of domestic surveillance drones are typically dismissed with the
claim that they do nothing more than police helicopters and satellites already do Such claims are
completely misinformed As the ACLUs 2011 comprehensive report on domestic drones
explained Unmanned aircraft carrying cameras raise the prospect of a significant new avenue
for the surveillance of American life
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Multiple attributes of surveillance drones make them uniquely threatening Because they are so
cheap and getting cheaper huge numbers of them can be deployed to create ubiquitous
surveillance in a way that helicopters or satellites never could How this works can already been
seen in Afghanistan where the US military has dubbed its drone surveillance system the
Gorgon Stare named after the mythical Greek creature whose unblinking eyes turned to stone
those who beheld them That drone surveillance system is able to scan an area the size of a
small town and the most sophisticated robotics use artificial intelligence that [can] seek out and
record certain kinds of suspicious activity Boasted one US General Gorgon Stare will be
looking at a whole city so there will be no way for the adversary to know what were looking at
and we can see everything
The NSA already maintains ubiquitous surveillance of electronic communications but the
Surveillance State faces serious limits on its ability to replicate that for physical surveillance
Drones easily overcome those barriers As the ACLU report put it
Ive spoken previously about why a ubiquitous Surveillance State ushers in unique and deeply
harmful effects on human behavior and a nations political culture and wont repeat that here
(heres the video (also embedded below) and the transcript of one speech where I focus on how
that works) Suffice to say as the ACLU explains in its domestic drone report routine aerial
surveillance would profoundly change the character of public life in America because only
drone technology enables such omnipresent physical surveillance
Beyond that the tiny size of surveillance drones enables them to reach places that helicopters
obviously cannot and to do so without detection They can remain in the sky hovering over a
single place for up to 20 hours a duration that is always increasing - obviously far more than
manned helicopters can achieve As AVs own report put it (see page 11) their hovering
capability also means they can surveil a single spot for much longer than many military satellites
most of which move with the earths rotation (the few satellites that remain fixed operate nearly
25000 miles from the surface of the earth therefore limiting the bandwidth they can provide and
requiring relatively larger higher power ground stations) In sum surveillance drones enable a
pervasive stealth and constantly hovering Surveillance State that is now well beyond the
technological and financial abilities of law enforcement agencies
One significant reason why this proliferation of domestic drones has become so likely is the
emergence of a powerful drone lobby I detailed some of how that lobby is functioning here so
will simply note this passage from a recent report from the ACLU of Iowa on its attempts to
persuade legislators to enact statutory limits on the use of domestic drones
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Drones have their own trade group the Association for Unmanned Aerial Systems
International which includes some of the nations leading aerospace companies And Congress
now has drone caucuses in both the Senate and House
Howie Klein has been one of the few people focusing on the massive amounts of money from
the drone industry now flowing into the coffers of key Congressional members from both parties
in this drone caucus Suffice to say there is an enormous profit to be made from exploiting the
domestic drone market and as usual that factor is thus far driving the (basically nonexistent)
political response to these threats
What is most often ignored by drone proponents or those who scoff at anti-drone activism are
the unique features of drones the way they enable more warfare more aggression and more
surveillance Drones make war more likely precisely because they entail so little risk to the war-
making country Similarly while the propensity of drones to kill innocent people receives the
bulk of media attention the way in which drones psychologically terrorize the population -
simply by constantly hovering over them unseen but heard - is usually ignored because its not
happening in the US so few people care (see this AP report from yesterday on how the
increasing use of drone attacks in Afghanistan is truly terrorizing local villagers) It remains to be
seen how Americans will react to drones constantly hovering over their homes and their
childrens schools though by that point their presence will be so institutionalized that it will be
likely be too late to stop
Notably this may be one area where an actual bipartisantrans-partisan alliance can meaningfully
emerge as most advocates working on these issues with whom Ive spoken say that libertarian-
minded GOP state legislators have been as responsive as more left-wing Democratic ones in
working to impose some limits One bill now pending in Congress would prohibit the use of
surveillance drones on US soil in the absence of a specific search warrant and has bipartisan
support
Only the most authoritarian among us will be incapable of understanding the multiple dangers
posed by a domestic drone regime (particularly when their party is in control of the government
and they are incapable of perceiving threats from increased state police power) But the
proliferation of domestic drones affords a real opportunity to forge an enduring coalition in
defense of core privacy and other rights that transcends partisan allegiance by working toward
meaningful limits on their use Making people aware of exactly what these unique threats are
from a domestic drone regime is the key first step in constructing that coalition
Harms from the Surveillance State
One of the most difficult challenges in all discussions of privacy rights is articulating what most
people instinctively already know why privacy is so vital and why a ubiquitous Surveillance
State is so destructive Here is the speech I gave last year in Chicago in which I attempted to
articulate those reasons
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Modern History Sourcebook
Benito Mussolini
What is Fascism 1932
Benito Mussolini (1883-1945) over the course of his lifetime went from Socialism - he was editor
of Avanti a socialist newspaper - to the leadership of a new political movement called fascism
[after fasces the symbol of bound sticks used a totem of power in ancient Rome]
Mussolini came to power after the March on Rome in 1922 and was appointed Prime Minister
by King Victor Emmanuel
In 1932 Mussolini wrote (with the help of Giovanni Gentile) and entry for the Italian
Encyclopedia on the definition of fascism
Fascism the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite
apart from political considerations of the moment believes neither in the possibility nor the
utility of perpetual peace It thus repudiates the doctrine of Pacifism -- born of a renunciation of
the struggle and an act of cowardice in the face of sacrifice War alone brings up to its highest
tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the peoples who have courage to
meet it All other trials are substitutes which never really put men into the position where they
have to make the great decision -- the alternative of life or death
The Fascist accepts life and loves it knowing nothing of and despising suicide he rather
conceives of life as duty and struggle and conquest but above all for others -- those who are at
hand and those who are far distant contemporaries and those who will come after
Fascism [is] the complete opposite ofhellipMarxian Socialism the materialist conception of
history of human civilization can be explained simply through the conflict of interests among the
various social groups and by the change and development in the means and instruments of
production Fascism now and always believes in holiness and in heroism that is to say in
actions influenced by no economic motive direct or indirect And if the economic conception of
history be denied according to which theory men are no more than puppets carried to and fro by
the waves of chance while the real directing forces are quite out of their control it follows that
the existence of an unchangeable and unchanging class-war is also denied - the natural progeny
of the economic conception of history And above all Fascism denies that class-war can be the
preponderant force in the transformation of society
After Socialism Fascism combats the whole complex system of democratic ideology and
repudiates it whether in its theoretical premises or in its practical application Fascism denies
that the majority by the simple fact that it is a majority can direct human society it denies that
numbers alone can govern by means of a periodical consultation and it affirms the immutable
beneficial and fruitful inequality of mankind which can never be permanently leveled through
the mere operation of a mechanical process such as universal suffrage
Fascism denies in democracy the absurd conventional untruth of political equality dressed out
in the garb of collective irresponsibility and the myth of happiness and indefinite progress
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Given that the nineteenth century was the century of Socialism of Liberalism and of
Democracy it does not necessarily follow that the twentieth century must also be a century of
Socialism Liberalism and Democracy political doctrines pass but humanity remains and it may
rather be expected that this will be a century of authoritya century of Fascism For if the
nineteenth century was a century of individualism it may be expected that this will be the century
of collectivism and hence the century of the State
The foundation of Fascism is the conception of the State its character its duty and its aim
Fascism conceives of the State as an absolute in comparison with which all individuals or
groups are relative only to be conceived of in their relation to the State The conception of the
Liberal State is not that of a directing force guiding the play and development both material and
spiritual of a collective body but merely a force limited to the function of recording results on
the other hand the Fascist State is itself conscious and has itself a will and a personality -- thus it
may be called the ethic State
The Fascist State organizes the nation but leaves a sufficient margin of liberty to the
individual the latter is deprived of all useless and possibly harmful freedom but retains what is
essential the deciding power in this question cannot be the individual but the State alone
For Fascism the growth of empire that is to say the expansion of the nation is an essential
manifestation of vitality and its opposite a sign of decadence Peoples which are rising or rising
again after a period of decadence are always imperialist and renunciation is a sign of decay and
of death Fascism is the doctrine best adapted to represent the tendencies and the aspirations of a
people like the people of Italy who are rising again after many centuries of abasement and
foreign servitude But empire demands discipline the coordination of all forces and a deeply felt
sense of duty and sacrifice this fact explains many aspects of the practical working of the
regime the character of many forces in the State and the necessarily severe measures which
must be taken against those who would oppose this spontaneous and inevitable movement of
Italy in the twentieth century and would oppose it by recalling the outworn ideology of the
nineteenth century - repudiated wheresoever there has been the courage to undertake great
experiments of social and political transformation for never before has the nation stood more in
need of authority of direction and order If every age has its own characteristic doctrine there
are a thousand signs which point to Fascism as the characteristic doctrine of our time For if a
doctrine must be a living thing this is proved by the fact that Fascism has created a living faith
and that this faith is very powerful in the minds of men is demonstrated by those who have
suffered and died for it
This text is part of the Internet Modern History Sourcebook The Sourcebook is a collection of
public domain and copy-permitted texts for introductory level classes in modern European and
World history
Unless otherwise indicated the specific electronic form of the document is copyright Permission
is granted for electronic copying distribution in print form for educational purposes and personal
use If you do reduplicate the document indicate the source No permission is granted for
commercial use of the Sourcebook
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Obamacare Already Starts Collapsing Into Medical-Industry Feeding Frenzy
Posted on April 3 2013 by WashingtonsBlog Eric Zuesse
Part of the Obama Administrationrsquos promise to the American people regarding Obamacare was
that the enormous waste in Americarsquos medical expenses would be reduced The reversal of that
promise has already begun with the Administrationrsquos announcement on April 1st that is will
increase instead of (as had been promised) decrease taxpayer subsidies to private health
insurance companies
Estimates of this waste already range generally around 40 On 15 May 2007 Reuters headlined
ldquoUS Health Care Expensive Inefficient Reportrdquo and announced ldquoAmericans get the poorest
health care and yet pay the most compared to five other rich countriesrdquo according to a study by
the Commonwealth Fund ldquoThe US health care system ranks last compared with five other
countries on measures of quality access efficiency equity and outcomesrdquo In other words the
US was paying gold for garbage ldquoCanada rates second worst hellip Germany scored highest
followed by Britain Australia and New Zealandrdquo Moreover ldquoPer capita health spending in the
United States in 2004 was $6102 twice that of [top-rated] Germany which spent 3005 Canada
spent $3165 New Zealand $2083 and Australia $2876 while Britain spent $2546 per personrdquo
On top of that ldquoUS doctors are the least wired with the lowest percentage using electronic
medical records or receiving electronic updates on recommended treatmentsrdquo The
conservativesrsquo myth that ldquofree marketrdquo healthcare is more efficient or is better or is even more
ldquowiredrdquo than socialized health insurance benefits only the corporate providers within the
system and the stockholders of those corporations [Comment by Washingtons Blog We dont
think capitalism is the problem Indeed we dont even have free market capitalism in America
today Instead we have fascism communist style socialism kleptocracy oligarchy or banana
republic style corruption choose your label Also while Mr Zuesse is passionately
progressive we are trying to follow the Founding Fathers advice to be non-partisan] Everyone
else loses
On 14 March 2012 the Journal of the American Medical Association headlined ldquoEliminating
Waste in US Health Carerdquo and estimated that the waste amounted to somewhere between 21
and 47 of the total US medical expenses mixed public and private
One of the most wasteful parts of the entire system now is Medicare Part D ldquoAdvantagerdquo private
supplemental insurance plans which are heavily subsidized by US taxpayers and yet on
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
average still are costlier to Medicare recipients than is the government-run Part B program On
25 July 2008 the Los Angeles Times bannered ldquoMedicare Part D a Boon for Drug Companies
House Report Says Taxpayers pay up to 30 more for prescriptions under the privately
administered programrdquo than under the publicly administered one and Nicole Gaouette reported
that ldquoUS drug manufacturers are reaping a windfall from taxpayers because Medicarersquos
privately administered prescription drug benefit program pays more than other government
programs for the same medicines hellip In the two years Medicare Part D has been in effect drug
manufacturers have taken in $37 billion more than they would have through prices under the
Medicaid programrdquo For example ldquoBristol-Myers made an additional $400 million from higher
prices for a single drug the stroke medication Plavixrdquo
Part D including ldquoAdvantagerdquo was sold by President George W Bush to Congress on the basis
of the Presidentrsquos estimate that it would add ldquoonlyrdquo $395 billion to the deficit during its first ten
years Douglas Holtz-Eakin who had previously been the head of Bushrsquos Council of Economic
Advisors was now the head of the Congressional Budget Office and on 20 November 2003
right before the crucial House vote he wrote to Congress ldquoCBO estimates that enacting the
legislation would result in direct spending outlays totaling $395 billionrdquo This figure was crucial
because opponents had already said that any such legislation which would cost more than $400
billion (these were ten-year estimates 2004-2013) would be unacceptable Two months after the
legislation was passed the White House Budget Director revised that cost-estimate upward to the
range of $534-$551 billion Then on 11 March 2004 Tony Pugh of Knight Ridder Newspapers
headlined ldquoBush Administration Ordered Medicare Plan Cost Estimates Withheldrdquo and he
opened ldquoThe governmentrsquos top expert on Medicare costs [Richard S Foster] was warned that he
would be fired if he told key lawmakers about a series of Bush administration cost estimates that
could have torpedoed congressional passage of the White House-backed Medicare prescription-
drug planrdquo On 2 April 2004 the Los Angeles Times headlined ldquoMedicare Secrecy Inquiry Is
Silenced House Republicans stop Democrats from delving further into why the prescription drug
billrsquos true cost estimates were kept from Congressrdquo On 9 February 2005 the White House re-
estimated what this legislation would cost the federal Government over ten years $720 billion
Thatrsquos $320 billion more than congressmen had been promised when they voted to pass the
legislation (Almost no Democrats voted to pass it but Republicans needed this cover from the
Administration ndash ldquoonly $395 billionrdquo ndash so that they could justify this program when speaking
about it to their constituents)
So now with a Democratic President on a 15 February 2013 Friday night news dump the
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) announced a 23 reduction in subsidies to
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
insurers who provide plans under Part D This was supposed to be part of the cost-efficiencies in
Obamacare and an important part of the projected reductions in the growth of the federal debt
But then after lots of lobbying by those insurers CMS reversed itself on April 1st and said that
instead those subsidies would increase 33 Reuters headlined on April 2nd ldquoIn Reversal US
to Raise Medicare Advantage Payment Raterdquo and announced ldquoIn a reversal that followed
intense lobbying from the health insurance industryrdquo the CMS ldquosaid on Monday it will increase
the rate by 33 percent in 2014 reversing a 23 percent cut announced in Februaryrdquo The many
ldquofree marketrdquo fans of increasing this Republican federal subsidy to big businesses were
applauding At foolcom Sean Williams bannered ldquoThe Insurance Industry Shows Obamacare
Whorsquos Bossrdquo and exulted ldquoThe insurance industry effectively dictated itself a raiserdquo He pointed
out that Humana Universal American UnitedHealth and Health Net ldquogenerate 635 75
25 and 25 respectively of their revenue from Medicare Advantagerdquo He didnrsquot note
however that this ldquorevenuerdquo comes from enormous subsidies that are paid by US taxpayers to
those companies CNN headlined on April 2nd ldquoHealth Insurance Stocks Surge on Medicare
Rate Hikerdquo and reported that all insurers jumped at least 4 and ldquoHumana which has the
greatest exposure to Medicare Advantage jumped nearly 10rdquo
This is how Americarsquos ldquofree marketrdquo works But it is also how Americans spend twice as much
per person and receive inferior health care as compared to other industrialized countries And
now with Obamacare it is how these subsidies will be increased not reduced and the federal
governmentrsquos debt will rise even higher than is being projected while the largest corporations
will thrive
So President Obama is working as he has since he first became President with Republicans in
Congress to cut Social Security Medicare and Medicaid After all Humana UnitedHealth and
other health insurance companies ndash and the mega-banks on Wall Street ndash all need that money
ldquoEntitlementrdquo recipients shouldnrsquot be so ldquogreedyrdquo They need to share more of it with the mega-
banks and the corporations in the DJI and SampP
Every mass shooting over last 20 years has one thing in common and its not guns
Tuesday April 02 2013
by Mike Adams
The following is a republishing of an important article written by Dan Roberts from
AmmoLandcom It reveals the real truth about mass shootings that bureaucrats and lawmakers
are choosing to sweep under the rug psychiatric drugs If you want to know the real reason
why mass shootings are taking place this is the inconvenient truth the media wont cover
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
As part of a collective grassroots effort to defend the Bill of Rights against usurpers and tyrants
Natural News is republishing this article without asking for permission first When it comes to
fighting tyrants and defending liberty the unstated agreement across the entire liberty-loving
grassroots community is Use our articles help spread the word Every article I write here on
Natural News for example may be reprinted with credit and a link back to the original source
article on NaturalNewscom
Heres the full article by Dan Roberts
(Ammolandcom) Nearly every mass shooting incident in the last twenty years and multiple
other instances of suicide and isolated shootings all share one thing in common and its not the
weapons used
The overwhelming evidence points to the signal largest common factor in all of these incidents is
the fact that all of the perpetrators were either actively taking powerful psychotropic drugs or had
been at some point in the immediate past before they committed their crimes
Multiple credible scientific studies going back more then a decade as well as internal documents
from certain pharmaceutical companies that suppressed the information show that SSRI drugs (
Selective Serotonin Re-Uptake Inhibitors ) have well known but unreported side effects
including but not limited to suicide and other violent behavior One need only Google relevant
key words or phrases to see for themselves wwwssristoriescom is one popular site that has
documented over 4500 Mainstream Media reported cases from around the World of aberrant
or violent behavior by those taking these powerful drugs
The following list of mass shooting perpetrators and the drugs they were taking or had been
taking shortly before their horrific actions was compiled and published to Facebook by John
Noveske founder and owner of Noveske Rifleworks just days before he was mysteriously killed
in a single car accident Is there a link between Noveskes death and his outting of information
numerous disparate parties would prefer to suppress for a variety of reasons
I leave that to the individual readers to decide But there is most certainly a documented history
of people who knew too much or were considered a threat dying under extraordinarily
suspicious circumstances
From Katherine Smith a Tennessee DMV worker who was somehow involved with several 911
hijackers obtaining Tennessee Drivers Licenses and was later found burned to death in her car
to Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Gary Webb who exposed a CIA Operation in the 80s that
resulted in the flooding of LA Streets with crack cocaine and was later found dead from two
gunshot wounds to the head but was officially ruled as a suicide to Frank Olson a senior
research micro biologist who was working on the CIAs mind control research program
MKULTRA
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
After Olson expressed his desire to leave the program he was with a CIA agent in a New York
hotel room and is alleged to have committed suicide by throwing himself off the tenth floor
balcony In 1994 Olsons sons were successful in their efforts to have their fathers body
exhumed and re examined in a second autopsy by James Starrs Professor of Law and Forensic
science at the National Law Center at George Washington University Starrs team concluded
that the blunt force trauma to the head and injury to the chest had not occurred during the fall but
most likely in the room before the fall The evidence was called rankly and starkly suggestive of
homicide Based on his findings in 1996 the Manhattan District Attorney opened a homicide
investigation into Olsons death but was unable to find enough evidence to bring charges
As I said I leave it to the individual readers to make up their own minds if Noveske suffered a
similar fate On to the list of mass shooters and the stark link to psychotropic drugs
bull Eric Harris age 17 (first on Zoloft then Luvox) and Dylan Klebold aged 18 (Columbine school
shooting in Littleton Colorado) killed 12 students and 1 teacher and wounded 23 others before
killing themselves Klebolds medical records have never been made available to the public
bull Jeff Weise age 16 had been prescribed 60 mgday of Prozac (three times the average starting
dose for adults) when he shot his grandfather his grandfathers girlfriend and many fellow
students at Red Lake Minnesota He then shot himself 10 dead 12 wounded
bull Cory Baadsgaard age 16 Wahluke (Washington state) High School was on Paxil (which
caused him to have hallucinations) when he took a rifle to his high school and held 23 classmates
hostage He has no memory of the event
bull Chris Fetters age 13 killed his favorite aunt while taking Prozac
bull Christopher Pittman age 12 murdered both his grandparents while taking Zoloft
bull Mathew Miller age 13 hung himself in his bedroom closet after taking Zoloft for 6 days
bull Kip Kinkel age 15 (on Prozac and Ritalin) shot his parents while they slept then went to
school and opened fire killing 2 classmates and injuring 22 shortly after beginning Prozac
treatment
bull Luke Woodham age 16 (Prozac) killed his mother and then killed two students wounding six
others
bull A boy in Pocatello ID (Zoloft) in 1998 had a Zoloft-induced seizure that caused an armed
stand off at his school
bull Michael Carneal (Ritalin) age 14 opened fire on students at a high school prayer meeting in
West Paducah Kentucky Three teenagers were killed five others were wounded
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
bull A young man in Huntsville Alabama (Ritalin) went psychotic chopping up his parents with an
ax and also killing one sibling and almost murdering another
bull Andrew Golden age 11 (Ritalin) and Mitchell Johnson aged 14 (Ritalin) shot 15 people
killing four students one teacher and wounding 10 others
bull TJ Solomon age 15 (Ritalin) high school student in Conyers Georgia opened fire on and
wounded six of his class mates
bull Rod Mathews age 14 (Ritalin) beat a classmate to death with a bat
bull James Wilson age 19 (various psychiatric drugs) from Breenwood South Carolina took a 22
caliber revolver into an elementary school killing two young girls and wounding seven other
children and two teachers
bull Elizabeth Bush age 13 (Paxil) was responsible for a school shooting in Pennsylvania
bull Jason Hoffman (Effexor and Celexa) ndash school shooting in El Cajon California
bull Jarred Viktor age 15 (Paxil) after five days on Paxil he stabbed his grandmother 61 times
bull Chris Shanahan age 15 (Paxil) in Rigby ID who out of the blue killed a woman
bull Jeff Franklin (Prozac and Ritalin) Huntsville AL killed his parents as they came home from
work using a sledge hammer hatchet butcher knife and mechanics file then attacked his
younger brothers and sister
bull Neal Furrow (Prozac) in LA Jewish school shooting reported to have been court-ordered to be
on Prozac along with several other medications
bull Kevin Rider age 14 was withdrawing from Prozac when he died from a gunshot wound to his
head Initially it was ruled a suicide but two years later the investigation into his death was
opened as a possible homicide The prime suspect also age 14 had been taking Zoloft and other
SSRI antidepressants
bull Alex Kim age 13 hung himself shortly after his Lexapro prescription had been doubled
bull Diane Routhier was prescribed Welbutrin for gallstone problems Six days later after suffering
many adverse effects of the drug she shot herself
bull Billy Willkomm an accomplished wrestler and a University of Florida student was prescribed
Prozac at the age of 17 His family found him dead of suicide ndash hanging from a tall ladder at the
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
familys Gulf Shore Boulevard home in July 2002
bull Kara Jaye Anne Fuller-Otter age 12 was on Paxil when she hung herself from a hook in her
closet Karas parents said the damn doctor wouldnt take her off it and I asked him to when
we went in on the second visit I told him I thought she was having some sort of reaction to
Paxil)
bull Gareth Christian Vancouver age 18 was on Paxil when he committed suicide in 2002
(Gareths father could not accept his sons death and killed himself)
bull Julie Woodward age 17 was on Zoloft when she hung herself in her familys detached garage
bull Matthew Miller was 13 when he saw a psychiatrist because he was having difficulty at school
The psychiatrist gave him samples of Zoloft Seven days later his mother found him dead
hanging by a belt from a laundry hook in his closet
bull Kurt Danysh age 18 and on Prozac killed his father with a shotgun He is now behind prison
bars and writes letters trying to warn the world that SSRI drugs can kill
bull Woody __ age 37 committed suicide while in his 5th week of taking Zoloft Shortly before his
death his physician suggested doubling the dose of the drug He had seen his physician only for
insomnia He had never been depressed nor did he have any history of any mental illness
symptoms
bull A boy from Houston age 10 shot and killed his father after his Prozac dosage was increased
bull Hammad Memon age 15 shot and killed a fellow middle school student He had been
diagnosed with ADHD and depression and was taking Zoloft and other drugs for the
conditions
bull Matti Saari a 22-year-old culinary student shot and killed 9 students and a teacher and
wounded another student before killing himself Saari was taking an SSRI and a benzodiazapine
bull Steven Kazmierczak age 27 shot and killed five people and wounded 21 others before killing
himself in a Northern Illinois University auditorium According to his girlfriend he had recently
been taking Prozac Xanax and Ambien Toxicology results showed that he still had trace
amounts of Xanax in his system
bull Finnish gunman Pekka-Eric Auvinen age 18 had been taking antidepressants before he killed
eight people and wounded a dozen more at Jokela High School ndash then he committed suicide
bull Asa Coon from Cleveland age 14 shot and wounded four before taking his own life Court
records show Coon was on Trazodone
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
bull Jon Romano age 16 on medication for depression fired a shotgun at a teacher in his New
York high school
Missing from list 3 of 4 known to have taken these same meds
bull What drugs was Jared Lee Loughner on age 21 killed 6 people and injuring 14 others in
Tuscon Az
bull What drugs was James Eagan Holmes on age 24 killed 12 people and injuring 59 others in
Aurora Colorado
bull What drugs was Jacob Tyler Roberts on age 22 killed 2 injured 1 Clackamas Or
bull What drugs was Adam Peter Lanza on age 20 Killed 26 and wounded 2 in Newtown Ct
Those focusing on further firearms bans or magazine restrictions are clearly focusing on the
wrong issue and asking the wrong questions either as a deliberate attempt to hide these links or
out of complete and utter ignorance
Dont let them Force our elected representatives and the media to cast a harsh spotlight on this
issue Dont stop hounding them until they do
Learn more
httpwwwnaturalnewscom039752_mass_shootings_psychiatric_drugs_antidepressantshtmli
xzz2Pd4ntwp5
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest
Craig B Hulet was both speech writer and Special Assistant for Special Projects to Congressman
Jack Metcalf (Retired) he has been a consultant to federal law enforcement DEA ATFampE of
JusticeHomeland Security for over 25 years he has written four books on international relations
and philosophy his latest is The Hydra of Carnage Bushrsquos Imperial War-making and the Rule of
Law - An Analysis of the Objectives and Delusions of Empire He has appeared on over 12000
hours of TV and Radio The History Channel ldquoDe-Codedrdquo He is a regular on Coast to Coast
AM w George Noory and Coffee Talk KBKW CNN C-Span European Television American
Dream and The Arsenio Hall Show he has written for Soldier of Fortune Magazine
International Combat Arms Financial Security Digest etc Hulet served in Vietnam 1969-70
101st Airborne C Troop 217th Air Cav and graduated 3rd in his class at Aberdeen Proving
Grounds Ordnance School MOS 45J20 Weapons He remains a paid analyst and consultant in
various areas of geopolitical business and security issues terrorism and military affairs Hulet
lives in the ancient old growth Quinault Rain Forest